TW202108488A - Manufacturing method for roll body, and roll body - Google Patents
Manufacturing method for roll body, and roll body Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- TW202108488A TW202108488A TW109123218A TW109123218A TW202108488A TW 202108488 A TW202108488 A TW 202108488A TW 109123218 A TW109123218 A TW 109123218A TW 109123218 A TW109123218 A TW 109123218A TW 202108488 A TW202108488 A TW 202108488A
- Authority
- TW
- Taiwan
- Prior art keywords
- sheet
- core
- gap
- filling
- end surface
- Prior art date
Links
Images
Classifications
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B65—CONVEYING; PACKING; STORING; HANDLING THIN OR FILAMENTARY MATERIAL
- B65H—HANDLING THIN OR FILAMENTARY MATERIAL, e.g. SHEETS, WEBS, CABLES
- B65H18/00—Winding webs
- B65H18/28—Wound package of webs
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01M—PROCESSES OR MEANS, e.g. BATTERIES, FOR THE DIRECT CONVERSION OF CHEMICAL ENERGY INTO ELECTRICAL ENERGY
- H01M10/00—Secondary cells; Manufacture thereof
- H01M10/05—Accumulators with non-aqueous electrolyte
- H01M10/058—Construction or manufacture
- H01M10/0587—Construction or manufacture of accumulators having only wound construction elements, i.e. wound positive electrodes, wound negative electrodes and wound separators
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B65—CONVEYING; PACKING; STORING; HANDLING THIN OR FILAMENTARY MATERIAL
- B65H—HANDLING THIN OR FILAMENTARY MATERIAL, e.g. SHEETS, WEBS, CABLES
- B65H75/00—Storing webs, tapes, or filamentary material, e.g. on reels
- B65H75/02—Cores, formers, supports, or holders for coiled, wound, or folded material, e.g. reels, spindles, bobbins, cop tubes, cans, mandrels or chucks
- B65H75/04—Kinds or types
- B65H75/08—Kinds or types of circular or polygonal cross-section
- B65H75/10—Kinds or types of circular or polygonal cross-section without flanges, e.g. cop tubes
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B65—CONVEYING; PACKING; STORING; HANDLING THIN OR FILAMENTARY MATERIAL
- B65H—HANDLING THIN OR FILAMENTARY MATERIAL, e.g. SHEETS, WEBS, CABLES
- B65H75/00—Storing webs, tapes, or filamentary material, e.g. on reels
- B65H75/02—Cores, formers, supports, or holders for coiled, wound, or folded material, e.g. reels, spindles, bobbins, cop tubes, cans, mandrels or chucks
- B65H75/18—Constructional details
- B65H75/28—Arrangements for positively securing ends of material
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01M—PROCESSES OR MEANS, e.g. BATTERIES, FOR THE DIRECT CONVERSION OF CHEMICAL ENERGY INTO ELECTRICAL ENERGY
- H01M50/00—Constructional details or processes of manufacture of the non-active parts of electrochemical cells other than fuel cells, e.g. hybrid cells
- H01M50/40—Separators; Membranes; Diaphragms; Spacing elements inside cells
- H01M50/403—Manufacturing processes of separators, membranes or diaphragms
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01M—PROCESSES OR MEANS, e.g. BATTERIES, FOR THE DIRECT CONVERSION OF CHEMICAL ENERGY INTO ELECTRICAL ENERGY
- H01M50/00—Constructional details or processes of manufacture of the non-active parts of electrochemical cells other than fuel cells, e.g. hybrid cells
- H01M50/40—Separators; Membranes; Diaphragms; Spacing elements inside cells
- H01M50/463—Separators, membranes or diaphragms characterised by their shape
- H01M50/469—Separators, membranes or diaphragms characterised by their shape tubular or cylindrical
-
- Y—GENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
- Y02—TECHNOLOGIES OR APPLICATIONS FOR MITIGATION OR ADAPTATION AGAINST CLIMATE CHANGE
- Y02P—CLIMATE CHANGE MITIGATION TECHNOLOGIES IN THE PRODUCTION OR PROCESSING OF GOODS
- Y02P70/00—Climate change mitigation technologies in the production process for final industrial or consumer products
- Y02P70/50—Manufacturing or production processes characterised by the final manufactured product
Landscapes
- Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
- Electrochemistry (AREA)
- General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Manufacturing & Machinery (AREA)
- Storage Of Web-Like Or Filamentary Materials (AREA)
- Replacement Of Web Rolls (AREA)
- Rolls And Other Rotary Bodies (AREA)
Abstract
Description
本發明係關於一種輥體之製造方法及輥體。The present invention relates to a manufacturing method of a roller body and a roller body.
膜等之片從製造效率之觀點,大多將一定程度之量一起製造,然後捲繞於捲芯,以輥體之形態保存。於此種輥體中,會因片之捲繞開始端部而產生階差。具體而言,會於第1圈之片移至第2圈時產生階差,於第2圈以後亦會出現該階差。另,根據片之種類,有時若產生此階差,則片會變形,無法回復成原狀。From the viewpoint of manufacturing efficiency, most sheets of film and the like are manufactured together in a certain amount, then wound on the core and stored in the form of a roll. In this type of roll body, a step difference occurs due to the winding start end of the sheet. Specifically, there will be a step difference when the first lap moves to the second lap, and the step will also appear after the second lap. In addition, depending on the type of the sheet, sometimes if this step difference occurs, the sheet will be deformed and cannot be restored to its original state.
目前,提出有下述技術:將胺酯樹脂之類的緩衝性高的緩衝帶貼附或埋入於捲芯之外周面,並將片埋入於緩衝帶,藉此緩和上述階差(例如,參照專利文獻1);或使用外周面具有橡膠之捲芯,將片埋入於橡膠,藉此緩和階差;或者沿著片之捲繞開始端部的前端,於捲芯之外周面設置具有彈力之緩衝材的技術(例如,參照專利文獻2)。 [先前技術文獻] [專利文獻]At present, the following technology has been proposed: attaching or embedding a buffer tape with high cushioning properties such as urethane resin on the outer peripheral surface of the winding core, and embedding the sheet in the buffer tape, thereby alleviating the above-mentioned level difference (for example, , Refer to Patent Document 1); or use a core with rubber on the outer peripheral surface, and embed the sheet in the rubber to ease the step difference; or set on the outer peripheral surface of the core along the front end of the winding start end of the sheet Technology of cushioning material with elasticity (for example, refer to Patent Document 2). [Prior Technical Literature] [Patent Literature]
[專利文獻1]日本特開2005-75521號公報 [專利文獻2]日本特開2013-199355號公報[Patent Document 1] Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2005-75521 [Patent Document 2] JP 2013-199355 A
[發明所欲解決之問題][The problem to be solved by the invention]
然而,目前的現狀是無論上述技術之任一者,皆無法有效地緩和階差。However, the current status quo is that none of the above technologies can effectively alleviate the level difference.
又,當將片捲繞於捲芯時,首先,係將雙面帶等固定構件貼附於捲芯之外周面,將片之一部分(例如,捲繞開始端部)加以固定,但亦有時會因該固定構件而產生階差。Also, when winding the sheet on the winding core, first, a fixing member such as a double-sided tape is attached to the outer peripheral surface of the winding core to fix a part of the sheet (for example, the winding start end), but there is also There will be a step difference due to the fixed member.
本發明係為了解決上述問題而完成者。亦即,其目的為提供一種可有效地緩和起因於片之捲繞開始端部之階差的輥體之製造方法及此種輥體。又,目的為提供一種可有效地緩和起因於固定構件之階差的輥體之製造方法及此種輥體。 [解決問題之技術手段]The present invention was completed in order to solve the above-mentioned problems. That is, its purpose is to provide a method for manufacturing a roller body that can effectively alleviate the step difference caused by the winding start end of the sheet, and such a roller body. In addition, the object is to provide a method of manufacturing a roller body that can effectively alleviate the step difference caused by the fixing member, and such a roller body. [Technical means to solve the problem]
本發明包含以下之發明。 [1]一種輥體之製造方法,該輥體具備捲芯與捲繞於該捲芯之外周面的長條狀片,該製造方法具有下述步驟: 沿著該捲芯之寬度方向,將塗布材料塗布於該捲芯之該外周面, 將該片之長邊方向的捲繞開始端部配置於該外周面,及 將該片捲繞於該捲芯,至少於第1間隙填充該塗布材料; 該塗布材料之塗布或該捲繞開始端部之配置,係以該塗布材料與該捲繞開始端部之位於該長邊方向的前端面接觸或接近之方式進行,該第1間隙為位於該捲芯與第1圈之該片之間且與該前端面接觸的間隙。The present invention includes the following inventions. [1] A method of manufacturing a roll body, the roll body having a core and a long sheet wound on the outer peripheral surface of the core, the manufacturing method having the following steps: Along the width direction of the core, coating material is applied to the outer peripheral surface of the core, Arranging the winding start end of the sheet in the longitudinal direction on the outer peripheral surface, and Winding the sheet around the core, and filling the coating material at least in the first gap; The coating of the coating material or the arrangement of the winding start end is performed in such a manner that the coating material contacts or approaches the front end surface of the winding start end in the longitudinal direction, and the first gap is located at the The gap between the winding core and the sheet of the first turn and in contact with the front end surface.
[2]一種輥體之製造方法,該輥體具備捲芯與捲繞於該捲芯之外周面的長條狀片,該製造方法具有下述步驟: 將該片之長邊方向的捲繞開始端部配置於該外周面, 將該片捲繞至少1圈於該捲芯,而得到具有第1間隙之中間輥體, 將塗布材料沿著該捲芯之寬度方向塗布於構成該中間輥體之外周面的該片之表面,及 於塗布該塗布材料後,將該片再次捲繞於該捲芯,使該塗布材料介於該片間; 該第1間隙為位於該捲芯與第1圈之該片之間且與該捲繞開始端部之位於該長邊方向的前端面接觸之間隙,該塗布材料塗布於構成該中間輥體之該外周面的該片之該表面上與該第1間隙對應的第1區域。[2] A method of manufacturing a roll body, the roll body having a core and an elongated sheet wound around the outer peripheral surface of the core, and the method of manufacturing has the following steps: Arrange the winding start end of the sheet in the longitudinal direction on the outer peripheral surface, The sheet is wound around the core for at least one turn to obtain an intermediate roller body with a first gap, Applying a coating material to the surface of the sheet constituting the outer peripheral surface of the intermediate roll body along the width direction of the core, and After coating the coating material, the sheet is wound around the core again so that the coating material is interposed between the sheets; The first gap is a gap between the core and the sheet of the first turn and is in contact with the front end surface of the winding start end in the longitudinal direction, and the coating material is applied to the intermediate roller body. The first area on the surface of the sheet of the outer peripheral surface corresponding to the first gap.
[3]一種輥體之製造方法,該輥體具備捲芯與捲繞於該捲芯之外周面的長條狀片,該製造方法具有下述步驟: 將用以將該片之一部分固定於該捲芯的固定構件沿著該捲芯之寬度方向配置於該捲芯之該外周面,該固定構件具有延伸於該捲芯之該寬度方向的第1端面及該第1端面相反側的第2端面, 將塗布材料沿著該捲芯之該寬度方向塗布於該捲芯之該外周面, 透過該固定構件,將該片之一部分固定於該捲芯,及 於塗布該塗布材料,且將該片之一部分固定於該捲芯後,將該片捲繞於該捲芯,將該塗布材料填充於第2間隙及第3間隙之至少任一者; 該塗布材料之塗布或該固定構件之配置,係以該塗布材料位於該第1端面側或該第2端面側,且該塗布材料與該第1端面或該第2端面接觸或接近之方式進行,或者以該塗布材料分別位於該第1端面側及該第2端面側,且該塗布材料與該第1端面及該第2端面接觸或接近之方式進行,該第2間隙為位於該捲芯與第1圈之該片之間且與該第1端面接觸的間隙,該第3間隙為位於該捲芯與第1圈之該片之間且與該第2端面接觸的間隙。[3] A method of manufacturing a roll body, the roll body having a core and a long sheet wound on the outer peripheral surface of the core, the manufacturing method having the following steps: A fixing member for fixing a part of the sheet to the core is arranged on the outer peripheral surface of the core along the width direction of the core, and the fixing member has a first extending in the width direction of the core The end surface and the second end surface on the opposite side of the first end surface, Coating the coating material on the outer peripheral surface of the core along the width direction of the core, Fixing a part of the sheet to the winding core through the fixing member, and After coating the coating material and fixing a part of the sheet to the core, the sheet is wound around the core, and the coating material is filled in at least any one of the second gap and the third gap; The coating of the coating material or the arrangement of the fixing member is performed in such a way that the coating material is located on the first end surface or the second end surface side, and the coating material is in contact with or close to the first end surface or the second end surface , Or in such a way that the coating material is located on the first end surface side and the second end surface side, and the coating material is in contact with or close to the first end surface and the second end surface, and the second gap is located in the core A gap between the sheet in the first ring and in contact with the first end surface, and the third gap is a gap located between the winding core and the sheet in the first ring and in contact with the second end surface.
[4]一種輥體之製造方法,該輥體具備捲芯與捲繞於該捲芯之外周面的長條狀片,該製造方法具有下述步驟: 將用以將該片之一部分固定於該捲芯的固定構件沿著該捲芯之寬度方向配置於該捲芯之該外周面,該固定構件具有延伸於該捲芯之該寬度方向的第1端面及該第1端面相反側之第2端面, 透過該固定構件,將該片之一部分固定於該捲芯, 將該片捲繞至少1圈於該捲芯,而得到具有第2間隙及第3間隙之中間輥體, 將塗布材料沿著該捲芯之該寬度方向塗布於構成該中間輥體之外周面的該片之表面,及 於塗布該塗布材料後,將該片再次捲繞於該捲芯; 該第2間隙為位於該捲芯與第1圈之該片之間且與該固定構件之該第1端面接觸的間隙,該第3間隙為位於該捲芯與第1圈之該片之間且與該固定構件之該第2端面接觸的間隙,該塗布材料塗布於構成該中間輥體之該外周面的該片之該表面上與該第2間隙對應的第2區域及與該第3間隙對應的第3區域之至少任一者。[4] A method of manufacturing a roll body, the roll body having a core and a long sheet wound on the outer peripheral surface of the core, the manufacturing method having the following steps: A fixing member for fixing a part of the sheet to the core is arranged on the outer peripheral surface of the core along the width direction of the core, and the fixing member has a first extending in the width direction of the core The end surface and the second end surface on the opposite side of the first end surface, Through the fixing member, a part of the sheet is fixed to the winding core, The sheet is wound around the core for at least one turn to obtain an intermediate roller body having a second gap and a third gap, Applying a coating material to the surface of the sheet constituting the outer peripheral surface of the intermediate roll body along the width direction of the core, and After coating the coating material, the sheet is wound around the core again; The second gap is a gap between the winding core and the sheet of the first ring and in contact with the first end surface of the fixing member, and the third gap is between the winding core and the sheet of the first ring And in the gap in contact with the second end surface of the fixing member, the coating material is applied to the second area corresponding to the second gap and the third area corresponding to the second gap on the surface of the sheet constituting the outer peripheral surface of the intermediate roller body At least any one of the third areas corresponding to the gap.
[5]如上述[1]至[4]中任一項之輥體之製造方法,其中,該塗布材料具有流動性。[5] The method for manufacturing a roll body according to any one of [1] to [4] above, wherein the coating material has fluidity.
[6]如上述[1]至[5]中任一項之輥體之製造方法,其中,該塗布材料為硬化性高分子組成物。[6] The method for manufacturing a roll body according to any one of [1] to [5] above, wherein the coating material is a curable polymer composition.
[7]如上述[1]至[6]中任一項之輥體之製造方法,其中,該塗布材料含有著色材料或發光材料。[7] The method for manufacturing a roll body according to any one of [1] to [6] above, wherein the coating material contains a coloring material or a luminescent material.
[8]如上述[1]至[6]中任一項之輥體之製造方法,其中,該片具有樹脂膜。[8] The method for manufacturing a roll body according to any one of [1] to [6] above, wherein the sheet has a resin film.
[9]如上述[1]至[7]中任一項之輥體之製造方法,其中,該片含有丙烯酸系樹脂、聚酯系樹脂或環烯聚合物系樹脂。[9] The method for producing a roll body according to any one of [1] to [7] above, wherein the sheet contains acrylic resin, polyester resin, or cycloolefin polymer resin.
[10]如上述[8]或[9]之輥體之製造方法,其中,該片之厚度為15μm以上且300μm以下。[10] The method for manufacturing a roll body according to [8] or [9] above, wherein the thickness of the sheet is 15 μm or more and 300 μm or less.
[11]如上述[1]至[10]中任一項之輥體之製造方法,其中,該片為具有基材與積層於該基材之1層以上之功能層的積層體。[11] The method for producing a roll body according to any one of [1] to [10] above, wherein the sheet is a laminate having a base material and one or more functional layers laminated on the base material.
[12]如上述[1]至[11]中任一項之輥體之製造方法,其中,該片用於光學膜、偏光板或顯示裝置。[12] The method for manufacturing a roll body according to any one of [1] to [11] above, wherein the sheet is used for an optical film, a polarizing plate, or a display device.
[13]一種輥體,其具備捲芯與捲繞於該捲芯之外周面的長條狀片,並具備 第1間隙:位於該捲芯與第1圈之該片之間且與該第1圈之該片之長邊方向的捲繞開始端部之位於該長邊方向的前端面接觸、及 第1填充部:填充於該第1間隙,且延伸於該捲芯之寬度方向。[13] A roll body having a core and a long sheet wound on the outer peripheral surface of the core, and having The first gap: located between the core and the sheet of the first turn and contacting the front end surface in the longitudinal direction of the winding start end of the sheet of the first turn in the longitudinal direction, and The first filling part: filling the first gap and extending in the width direction of the core.
[14]如上述[13]之輥體,其進一步具備 固定構件:設置於該捲芯與第1圈之該片之間,具有延伸於該捲芯寬度方向之第1端面及該第1端面相反側之第2端面,且將該片之一部分固定於該捲芯、 第2間隙:位於該捲芯與第1圈之該片之間且與該固定構件之該第1端面接觸、 第3間隙:位於該捲芯與第1圈之該片之間且與該固定構件之該第2端面接觸、及 第2填充部及第3填充部之至少任一者; 該第2填充部填充於該第2間隙,且延伸於該捲芯之寬度方向,該第3填充部填充於該第3間隙,且延伸於該捲芯之寬度方向。[14] The roller body of the above-mentioned [13], which further includes Fixing member: set between the winding core and the sheet of the first turn, having a first end surface extending in the width direction of the winding core and a second end surface opposite to the first end surface, and fixing a part of the sheet to The core, The second gap: located between the winding core and the sheet of the first ring and in contact with the first end surface of the fixing member, The third gap: located between the winding core and the sheet of the first ring and in contact with the second end surface of the fixing member, and At least any one of the second filling part and the third filling part; The second filling part is filled in the second gap and extends in the width direction of the winding core, and the third filling part is filled in the third gap and extending in the width direction of the winding core.
[15]一種輥體,具備捲芯與捲繞於該捲芯之外周面的長條狀片,並具備 第1間隙:位於該捲芯與第1圈之該片之間且與該第1圈之該片之長邊方向的捲繞開始端部之位於該長邊方向的前端面接觸、及 第1居間部:設置於第1圈以後之該片間的至少與該第1間隙對應之第1區域,且延伸於該捲芯之寬度方向。[15] A roll body having a core and a long sheet wound around the outer peripheral surface of the core, and having The first gap: located between the core and the sheet of the first turn and contacting the front end surface in the longitudinal direction of the winding start end of the sheet of the first turn in the longitudinal direction, and The first intermediate part: the first area that corresponds to at least the first gap between the sheets after the first turn, and extends in the width direction of the core.
[16]一種輥體,具備捲芯與捲繞於該捲芯之外周面的長條狀片,並具備 固定構件:設置於該捲芯與第1圈之該片之間,具有延伸於該捲芯寬度方向之第1端面及該第1端面相反側之第2端面,且將該片之一部分固定於該捲芯、 第2間隙:位於該捲芯與第1圈之該片之間且與該固定構件之該第1端面接觸、 第3間隙:位於該捲芯與第1圈之該片之間且與該固定構件之該第2端面接觸、及 第2填充部及第3填充部之至少任一者; 該第2填充部填充於該第2間隙,且延伸於該捲芯之寬度方向,該第3填充部填充於該第3間隙,且延伸於該捲芯之寬度方向。[16] A roll body having a core and a long sheet wound on the outer peripheral surface of the core, and having Fixing member: set between the winding core and the sheet of the first turn, having a first end surface extending in the width direction of the winding core and a second end surface opposite to the first end surface, and fixing a part of the sheet to The core, The second gap: located between the winding core and the sheet of the first ring and in contact with the first end surface of the fixing member, The third gap: located between the winding core and the sheet of the first ring and in contact with the second end surface of the fixing member, and At least any one of the second filling part and the third filling part; The second filling part is filled in the second gap and extends in the width direction of the winding core, and the third filling part is filled in the third gap and extending in the width direction of the winding core.
[17]一種輥體,具備捲芯與捲繞於該捲芯之外周面的長條狀片,並具備 固定構件:設置於該捲芯與第1圈之該片之間,具有延伸於該捲芯寬度方向之第1端面及該第1端面相反側之第2端面,且將該片之一部分固定於該捲芯、 第2間隙:位於該捲芯與第1圈之該片之間且與該固定構件之該第1端面接觸、 第3間隙:位於該捲芯與第1圈之該片之間且與該固定構件之該第2端面接觸、及 第2居間部及第3居間部之至少任一者; 該第2居間部設置於第1圈以後之該片間的與該第2間隙對應之第2區域,且延伸於該捲芯之寬度方向,該第3居間部設置於第1圈以後之該片間的與該第3間隙對應之第3區域,且延伸於該捲芯之寬度方向。[17] A roll body having a core and a long sheet wound around the outer peripheral surface of the core, and having Fixing member: set between the winding core and the sheet of the first turn, having a first end surface extending in the width direction of the winding core and a second end surface opposite to the first end surface, and fixing a part of the sheet to The core, The second gap: located between the winding core and the sheet of the first ring and in contact with the first end surface of the fixing member, The third gap: located between the winding core and the sheet of the first ring and in contact with the second end surface of the fixing member, and At least one of the second intermediary part and the third intermediary part; The second intermediate portion is provided in the second area corresponding to the second gap between the sheets after the first turn, and extends in the width direction of the winding core, and the third intermediate portion is provided in the second area after the first turn The third area between the sheets corresponds to the third gap and extends in the width direction of the core.
[18]如上述[13]或[14]之輥體,其進一步具備第4居間部,該第4居間部連接設置於該第1填充部,且介於第1圈之該片與第2圈之該片之間。[18] The roller body of [13] or [14] above, which further includes a fourth intermediate portion connected to the first filling portion and interposed between the sheet of the first ring and the second Circle between the film.
[19]如上述[13]或[14]之輥體,其中,當不存在連接設置於該第1填充部且介於第1圈之該片與第2圈之該片之間的第4居間部之情形時,該第1填充部中沿著該片之該長邊方向的長度L1相對於該第1填充部中在與該前端面接觸之位置的厚度T2之比為90以上,而當存在該第4居間部之情形時,該第1填充部中沿著該片之該長邊方向的長度L1及該第4居間部中沿著該片之該長邊方向的長度L2之合計相對於該第1填充部中在與該前端面接觸之位置的厚度T2之比為90以上。[19] The roller body of [13] or [14] above, wherein, when there is no fourth piece connected to the first filling portion and between the piece of the first circle and the piece of the second circle In the case of the intermediate portion, the ratio of the length L1 along the longitudinal direction of the sheet in the first filling portion to the thickness T2 at the position in contact with the front end surface of the first filling portion is 90 or more, and When there is the fourth intermediate portion, the sum of the length L1 along the longitudinal direction of the sheet in the first filling portion and the length L2 along the longitudinal direction of the sheet in the fourth intermediate portion The ratio with respect to the thickness T2 of the position in contact with the tip surface in the first filling portion is 90 or more.
[20]如上述[19]之輥體,其中,當不存在該第4居間部之情形時,面積S1相對於該第1填充部之該厚度T2的比在3.0以上,該面積S1為包含該片之該長邊方向及該捲芯之徑向的平面中被該捲芯之該外周面與該第1填充部之表面所夾的區域之面積,而當存在該第4居間部之情形時,面積S1及面積S2的合計相對於該第1填充部之該厚度T2的比在3.0以上,該面積S1為包含該片之長邊方向及該捲芯之徑向的平面中被該捲芯之該外周面與該第1填充部之表面所夾的區域之面積,而該面積S2則為該捲芯之該外周面與該第4居間部之表面所夾的區域之面積。[20] The roller body of [19] above, wherein when the fourth intermediate portion does not exist, the ratio of the area S1 to the thickness T2 of the first filling portion is 3.0 or more, and the area S1 includes The area of the area sandwiched between the outer peripheral surface of the core and the surface of the first filling part in the plane of the longitudinal direction of the sheet and the radial direction of the core, and when the fourth intermediate part exists When the ratio of the sum of the area S1 and the area S2 to the thickness T2 of the first filling portion is 3.0 or more, the area S1 is a plane including the longitudinal direction of the sheet and the radial direction of the core. The area of the area sandwiched between the outer peripheral surface of the core and the surface of the first filling portion, and the area S2 is the area of the area sandwiched between the outer peripheral surface of the core and the surface of the fourth intermediate portion.
[21]如上述[17]之輥體,其中,於沿著該片之長邊方向測定該第2居間部之厚度時,於該長邊方向上從該第2居間部之該固定構件側的第1前端相反側之第2前端至為該第2居間部之最大厚度T6的位置之長度L4相對於該第2居間部之最大厚度T6的比為12以上。[21] The roller body of the above-mentioned [17], wherein when the thickness of the second intermediate portion is measured along the longitudinal direction of the sheet, from the fixing member side of the second intermediate portion in the longitudinal direction The ratio of the length L4 from the second front end on the opposite side of the first front end to the position of the maximum thickness T6 of the second intermediate portion to the maximum thickness T6 of the second intermediate portion is 12 or more.
[22]如上述[21]之輥體,其中,包含該片之該長邊方向及該捲芯之徑向的平面中從該第2居間部之該第2前端至為該最大厚度T6之位置的該第2居間部之剖面積S3相對於該第2居間部之最大厚度T6的比為2.5以上。[22] The roll body of the above-mentioned [21], wherein a plane including the longitudinal direction of the sheet and the radial direction of the core is from the second front end of the second intermediate portion to the maximum thickness T6 The ratio of the cross-sectional area S3 of the second intermediate portion of the position to the maximum thickness T6 of the second intermediate portion is 2.5 or more.
[23]如上述[15]或[17]之輥體,其中,該片於沿著該片之該長邊方向延伸的兩端部,分別具有向該捲芯之徑向突出的凸部。[23] The roller body of [15] or [17] above, wherein the sheet has convex portions protruding in the radial direction of the winding core at both end portions extending along the longitudinal direction of the sheet.
[24]如上述[13]至[23]中任一項之輥體,其中,該片具有樹脂膜。[24] The roller body according to any one of [13] to [23] above, wherein the sheet has a resin film.
[25]如上述[13]至[23]中任一項之輥體,其中,該片含有丙烯酸系樹脂、聚酯系樹脂、環烯聚合物系樹脂。[25] The roller body according to any one of [13] to [23] above, wherein the sheet contains acrylic resin, polyester resin, or cycloolefin polymer resin.
[26]如上述[24]或[25]之輥體,其中,該片之厚度為15μm以上且300μm以下。[26] The roller body of the above-mentioned [24] or [25], wherein the thickness of the sheet is 15 μm or more and 300 μm or less.
[27]如上述[13]之輥體,其中,該第1填充部含有著色材料或發光材料。[27] The roller body according to [13] above, wherein the first filling portion contains a coloring material or a luminescent material.
[28]如上述[14]或[16]之輥體,其中,該第2填充部及該第3填充部分別含有著色材料或發光材料。[28] The roller body of [14] or [16] above, wherein the second filling portion and the third filling portion each contain a coloring material or a luminescent material.
[29]如上述[15]之輥體,其中,該第1居間部含有著色材料或發光材料。[29] The roller body of the above-mentioned [15], wherein the first intermediate portion contains a coloring material or a luminescent material.
[30]如上述[17]之輥體,其中,該第2居間部及該第3居間部分別含有著色材料或發光材料。[30] The roller body of the above-mentioned [17], wherein the second intermediate portion and the third intermediate portion each contain a coloring material or a luminescent material.
[31]如上述[13]之輥體,其中,該第1填充部含有硬化性高分子組成物之硬化物。[31] The roller body according to the above [13], wherein the first filling part contains a cured product of a curable polymer composition.
[32]如上述[14]或[17]之輥體,其中,該第2填充部及該第3填充部分別含有硬化性高分子組成物之硬化物。[32] The roller body of the above-mentioned [14] or [17], wherein the second filling part and the third filling part each contain a cured product of a curable polymer composition.
[33]如上述[15]之輥體,其中,該第1居間部含有硬化性高分子組成物之硬化物。[33] The roller body of the above-mentioned [15], wherein the first intermediate portion contains a cured product of a curable polymer composition.
[34]如上述[17]之輥體,其中,該第2居間部及該第3居間部分別含有硬化性高分子組成物之硬化物。[34] The roller body of the above-mentioned [17], wherein the second intermediate portion and the third intermediate portion each contain a cured product of a curable polymer composition.
[35]如上述[13]至[34]中任一項之輥體,其中,該片為具有基材與積層於該基材之1層以上之功能層的積層體。[35] The roll body according to any one of [13] to [34] above, wherein the sheet is a laminate having a base material and one or more functional layers laminated on the base material.
[36]如上述[13]至[35]中任一項之輥體,其中,該片用於光學膜、偏光板或顯示裝置。 [對照先前技術之功效][36] The roller body according to any one of [13] to [35] above, wherein the sheet is used for an optical film, a polarizing plate, or a display device. [Compared with the effect of the previous technology]
若根據本發明之一態樣,可提供一種可有效地緩和起因於片之捲繞開始端部之階差的輥體之製造方法及此種輥體。又,若根據本發明之其他態樣,可提供一種可有效地緩和起因於固定構件之階差的輥體之製造方法及此種輥體。According to one aspect of the present invention, it is possible to provide a method of manufacturing a roller body that can effectively alleviate the step difference caused by the winding start end of the sheet, and such a roller body. Furthermore, according to other aspects of the present invention, it is possible to provide a method of manufacturing a roller body that can effectively alleviate the step difference caused by the fixing member, and such a roller body.
[第1實施形態] 以下,一邊參照圖式一邊說明本發明第1實施形態之輥體。圖1為本實施形態之輥體的立體圖,圖2為用以特定測定面內相位差之位置的樣品之平面圖,圖3為放大圖1之輥體一部分之圖,圖4為用以說明圖1之輥體各構成要素的尺寸之圖,圖5為放大圖1之輥體第1填充部的前端部附近之圖。圖6為表示圖1之輥體中的區域R1與區域R2之圖,圖9為用以特定雷射位移計之測定位置的輥體平面圖,圖10為位移量相對於基於雷射位移計之測定所製作的位置之圖像圖,圖11為用以求得面積S1、S2而放大圖10之圖像圖一部分之圖。圖7、圖8、圖12~圖16為放大本實施形態之其他輥體一部分之圖。圖17~圖19為示意性地表示本實施形態之輥體的製造步驟之圖。圖20~圖24則為示意性地表示本實施形態之輥體的其他製造步驟之圖。[First Embodiment] Hereinafter, the roller body of the first embodiment of the present invention will be described with reference to the drawings. Fig. 1 is a perspective view of the roller body of this embodiment, Fig. 2 is a plan view of a sample used to specify the position of the phase difference in the measurement plane, Fig. 3 is an enlarged view of a part of the roller body of Fig. 1, and Fig. 4 is an explanatory view 1 is a diagram showing the dimensions of each component of the roller body, and FIG. 5 is an enlarged view of the vicinity of the front end of the first filling portion of the roller body in FIG. 1. Fig. 6 is a diagram showing the area R1 and the area R2 in the roller body of Fig. 1, Fig. 9 is a plan view of the roller body used to specify the measurement position of the laser displacement meter, and Fig. 10 is the displacement amount relative to the laser displacement meter based The image diagram of the created position was measured. FIG. 11 is a diagram showing an enlarged part of the image diagram of FIG. 10 for obtaining the areas S1 and S2. Fig. 7, Fig. 8, Fig. 12 to Fig. 16 are enlarged views of a part of another roller body of this embodiment. Figs. 17 to 19 are diagrams schematically showing the manufacturing steps of the roll body of the present embodiment. 20 to 24 are diagrams schematically showing other manufacturing steps of the roller body of the present embodiment.
<<<輥體>>>
圖1所示之輥體10具備有捲芯11與捲繞於捲芯11之外周面11A的長條狀片12。輥體10如圖3所示,進一步具備有填充在位於捲芯11與片12之間的第1間隙13之第1填充部14、填充在位於捲芯11與片12之間的第2間隙15之第2填充部16及用以將片12之一部分固定於捲芯11的固定構件17。又,輥體10進一步具備有與第1填充部14連接設置且介於第1圈之片12與第2圈之片12之間的第4居間部18。圖3所示之輥體10雖具備有第4居間部18,但亦可如圖7所示之輥體10,不具備有第4居間部。片12捲繞於捲芯11複數圈以上,例如2圈以上。<<<Roll body>>>
The
<<捲芯>>
捲芯11之形狀並無特別限定,但從可輕易捲繞片12之觀點,較佳為圓柱狀或圓筒狀。圖1所示之捲芯11為圓筒狀。當捲芯為圓筒狀之情形時,藉由捲收裝置之夾頭構件插入於捲芯11之寬度方向DR1的孔11B,可保持輥體10。而當捲芯為圓柱狀之情形時,捲芯具備有貫通捲芯之軸構件,藉由將軸構件裝在捲收裝置,而可將輥體保持於捲收裝置。<<Coil Core>>
The shape of the winding
捲芯11之寬度W1(參照圖1)並無特別限定,例如可為0.1m以上且50m以下。捲芯11之寬度W1的下限可為0.2m以上、0.3m以上、0.7m以上、1.0m以上、1.5m以上或2m以上,上限可為30m以下、20m以下、10m以下、7m以下、5m以下、3.5m以下、3m以下或2.5m以下。捲芯之寬度可藉由下述方式求得,亦即測定10處捲芯之寬度,從所測得之10處的寬度中去除最大值與最小值,求出其餘8處之寬度的算術平均值。The width W1 (refer to FIG. 1) of the
捲芯11之外徑並無特別限定,例如可為30mm以上且8000mm以下。捲芯11之外徑的下限可為90mm以上或100mm以上,又上限可為5000mm以下、3500mm以下、2000mm以下、1000mm以下、700mm以下、500mm以下、350mm以下或300mm以下。捲芯之外徑可藉由下述方式求得,亦即測定10處捲芯之外徑,從所測得之10處的外徑中去除最大值與最小值,求出其餘8處之外徑的算術平均值。The outer diameter of the
當捲芯11為圓筒狀之情形時,捲芯11之內徑並無特別限定,可為20mm以上且7500mm以下。捲芯11之內徑的下限可為50mm以上、80mm以上、120mm以上、150mm以上,又上限可為4500mm以下、3000mm以下、1500mm以下、900mm以下、600mm以下、400mm以下、250mm以下或200mm以下。捲芯之內徑可藉由下述方式求得,亦即測定10處捲芯之內徑,從所測得之10處的內徑中去除最大值與最小值,求出其餘8處之內徑的算術平均值。When the winding
亦有時為了緩和起因於片之捲繞開始端部的階差,而以片之捲繞開始端部的位置低於片之厚度量的方式於捲芯之外周面的片接觸之部分形成階差,但於捲芯11之外周面11A的片12接觸之部分,並未形成有此種階差。藉由使用於外周面11A之上述部分不具有階差的捲芯11,亦可因應各種厚度之片12。所謂本說明書中之「於捲芯之外周面的片接觸之部分未形成有階差」,意指在捲芯之中央部及距離中央部於捲芯之寬度方向上100mm以上的部分之各圈中,各自皆無高度差為3μm以上之部分。另,於捲芯11之外周面11A的片12接觸之部分,可形成有上述高度差未達3μm之階差。Sometimes, in order to alleviate the step difference caused by the winding start end of the sheet, the position of the winding start end of the sheet is lower than the thickness of the sheet to form a step on the part of the outer peripheral surface of the core that is in contact with the sheet. However, such a level difference is not formed in the part where the
構成捲芯11之材料並無特別限定。作為構成捲芯11之材料,例如可列舉紙、塑膠或金屬等。紙亦包含含浸有樹脂之紙。作為塑膠,可列舉纖維強化塑膠(FRP/Fiber Reinforced Plastics)、聚乙烯(PE)或聚丙烯(PP)等聚烯烴、聚氯乙烯(PVC)、聚苯乙烯(PS)、丙烯腈-丁二烯-苯乙烯共聚物(ABS)、酚樹脂、耐綸等。此等之中,例如為光學用之塗布加工的情形時,從重量、加工性及強度之觀點,較佳為纖維強化塑膠(FRP)。作為纖維強化塑膠,例如可列舉使環氧樹脂或酚樹脂構成之主體混合有玻璃、環氧化物(epoxy)、聚酯、碳、聚芳醯胺等纖維者。金屬,例如可列舉鐵、不銹鋼(SUS)、鋁等。The material constituting the winding
<<片>>
片12為長條狀者。具體而言,片12為相對於寬度,厚度十分薄且長度十分長者。<<片>>
The
片12之寬度W2(參照圖1)並無特別限定,例如可為0.1m以上且50m以下。本說明書中之「片之寬度」,意指片之短邊方向(捲芯之寬度方向)的長度。片12之寬度W2的下限可為0.2m以上、0.3m以上、0.5m以上、1.0m以上或2.0m以上,上限可為30m以下、20m以下、10m以下、7m以下、5m以下、3.5m以下或3m以下。片之寬度可藉由下述方式求得,亦即測定10處片之寬度,從所測得之10處的寬度中去除最大值與最小值,求出其餘8處之寬度的算術平均值。The width W2 (refer to FIG. 1) of the sheet|
片12之寬度W2較佳小於捲芯11之寬度W1。藉此,可藉由捲芯11確實地保持片12。The width W2 of the
片12之長度例如為20m以上且10000m以下。本說明書中之「片之長度」,意指片之長邊方向的長度。片12之長度的下限可為30m以上、40m以上或50m以上,上限可為9000m以下或8000m以下。The length of the
片12之厚度並無特別限定,例如可為3μm以上且600μm以下。片12之厚度的下限可為10μm以上、15μm以上、20μm以上或30μm以上,上限可為500μm以下、400μm以下、300μm以下、200μm以下、110μm以下或80μm以下。當根據用途,較佳為薄膜之情形時,不以此為限,較佳為3μm以上但未達50μm,甚或40μm以下。片之厚度可藉由下述方式求得,亦即測定10處片之厚度,從所測得之10處厚度中去除最大值與最小值,求出其餘8處之厚度的算術平均值。另,上述階差雖於片之厚度厚的情形時不易產生,但越薄越顯著。本發明於片之厚度薄(80μm以下、未達50μm甚至40μm以下)的情形時特別有效。The thickness of the
當片12例如含有丙烯酸系樹脂、聚酯系樹脂(尤其是聚對酞酸乙二酯)或環烯聚合物系樹脂之情形時,片12之厚度較佳為15μm以上且300μm以下。當片12含有此等樹脂之任一者的情形時,片之厚度越薄,上述階差越顯著,但若使片之厚度極薄,則有上述階差反而變小之傾向。例如當於後續步驟具有50℃以上之加熱步驟的情形時,若為薄的片,則亦有時可消除上述階差所造成之變形。然而,若片之厚度為一定程度之厚度(例如,15μm以上),則即使進行加熱步驟,亦有無法消除上述變形之虞。因此,當片12之厚度為15μm以上之情形時,特別有效。又,當片12含有此等樹脂之任一者的情形時,若片之厚度過厚,則會需要大量塗布材料。因此,從降低成本之觀點,片12之厚度較佳為300μm以下。又,當含有此等樹脂之任一者的情形時,若超過厚度300μm,則階差亦有時不易產生。當片12含有此等樹脂之任一者的情形時,片12之厚度的下限更佳為20μm以上、35μm以上或50μm以上,片12之厚度的上限更佳為250μm以下、200μm以下、150μm以下或100μm以下。當含有此等樹脂之任一者的情形時,於不過薄且不過厚之厚度下,特別有效。When the
又,當設置有固定構件17之情形時,由於在固定構件17上配置片12,故片12與固定構件17之合計厚度會對起因於片之捲繞開始端部的階差造成影響。因此,例如若設想固定構件17之厚度為3μm以上且10μm以下的情形,則由於片12之厚度越薄越佳,因此其上限較佳為130μm以下,更佳為90μm以下。又,當固定構件為黏著帶之情形時,若固定構件之厚度超過片之厚度的15%,則更容易產生對上述階差之影響。因此,片12之厚度較佳為不過薄,片12之厚度的下限,例如較佳為20μm以上或35μm以上。In addition, when the fixing
作為片,例如可列舉膜、金屬箔、紙等。膜例如可為樹脂膜。當將樹脂膜使用於要求透光性之用途(例如,光學膜用途)的情形時,樹脂膜較佳具有透光性。作為構成此種樹脂膜之樹脂,若具有透光性則並無特別限定,例如可列舉丙烯酸系樹脂、聚烯烴系樹脂(聚乙烯系樹脂、聚丙烯系樹脂、環烯聚合物系樹脂)、聚碳酸酯系樹脂、聚丙烯酸酯系樹脂、聚酯系樹脂(聚對酞酸乙二酯、聚萘二甲酸乙二酯(polyethylene naphthalate)等)、芳香族聚醚酮系樹脂、聚醚碸(polyether sulfone)系樹脂、乙酸纖維素系樹脂(例如,三乙酸纖維素(triacetyl cellulose)系樹脂)、聚醯亞胺系樹脂、聚醯胺-亞醯胺系樹脂、聚醯胺系樹脂或混合有此等樹脂2種以上之混合物等。此等之中,柔軟性相對較高之樹脂膜,例如含有丙烯酸系樹脂、聚烯烴系樹脂、聚酯系樹脂、乙酸纖維素系樹脂、聚醯亞胺系樹脂、聚醯胺-亞醯胺系樹脂或聚醯胺系樹脂之樹脂膜,由於容易因起因於片之捲繞開始端部的階差或起因於固定構件的階差而變形,故本發明之技術是有效的。並且近年來,於大型顯示器喜好使用變形少且透水性低之低透濕樹脂。為大型顯示器之情形時,由於大多片寬整體會成為產品,故即使為一部分,若留有因階差引起之變形,則亦必須將整體丟棄。例如,丙烯酸系樹脂、聚酯系樹脂、環烯聚合物系樹脂雖適用於大型顯示器,但若根據本發明之技術,則可良好地防止因階差所引起之變形,且可提升量產性,故本發明之技術對於由此等樹脂構成之片特別有效。又,當於最終產品中要求薄度之情形時,例如當使用厚度未達50μm之膜的情形時,無論任何材料之膜,本發明之技術皆適用。As a sheet, a film, metal foil, paper, etc. are mentioned, for example. The film may be a resin film, for example. When the resin film is used for applications that require light transmittance (for example, optical film applications), the resin film preferably has light transmittance. The resin constituting such a resin film is not particularly limited as long as it has translucency, and examples include acrylic resins, polyolefin resins (polyethylene resins, polypropylene resins, cycloolefin polymer resins), Polycarbonate resins, polyacrylate resins, polyester resins (polyethylene terephthalate, polyethylene naphthalate, etc.), aromatic polyether ketone resins, polyether turrets (Polyether sulfone) resin, cellulose acetate resin (for example, triacetyl cellulose resin), polyimide resin, polyamide-imide resin, polyamide resin or A mixture of two or more of these resins, etc. Among these, resin films with relatively high flexibility include acrylic resins, polyolefin resins, polyester resins, cellulose acetate resins, polyimide resins, and polyamide-imide resins. A resin film made of a resin or polyamide resin is easily deformed due to a step at the end of the winding start of the sheet or a step at the fixing member, so the technique of the present invention is effective. In recent years, it is preferred to use low-moisture-permeable resins with less deformation and low water permeability for large-scale displays. In the case of a large-scale display, since most of the film width will become a product as a whole, even if it is a part, if there is distortion caused by the step difference, the whole must be discarded. For example, acrylic resins, polyester resins, and cycloolefin polymer resins are suitable for large displays, but according to the technology of the present invention, the deformation caused by the step difference can be well prevented, and the mass productivity can be improved. Therefore, the technology of the present invention is particularly effective for sheets made of such resins. In addition, when thinness is required in the final product, for example, when a film with a thickness of less than 50 μm is used, the technique of the present invention is applicable regardless of the film of any material.
當片12為光學膜用途之情形時,且特別是含有丙烯酸系樹脂或環烯聚合物系樹脂之情形時,片12之面內相位差(延遲:Re)較佳為10nm以下。片12之面內相位差Re為10nm以下就是光失真小,可說是片12在製造時幾乎沒有殘留應力。亦即,片12之面內相位差Re為10nm以下,由於片12內之聚合物為均勻,故當將片12製成為長條輥之情形時,因某些階差而不易成為由片12內部之聚合物狀態引起的新階差,故較佳。關於片12之面內相位差Re的上限,從不易產生顯示器用途中當與偏光子組合使用時會成為課題之顏色不均或消隱(blackout)的觀點,更佳為8nm以下或4nm以下。又,於丙烯酸系樹脂之情形時,若為光學用途,並不會發生如以往之丙烯酸系樹脂膜般彎曲後變白之現象,又,霧度值(總霧度值)較佳小至1%以下或0.5%以下。When the
又,於片12為光學膜用途且含有聚酯系樹脂之情形時,亦與上述同樣地,片12內之聚合物均勻較難以因內部之聚合物狀態而產生新的階差,為較佳。當片12含有聚酯系樹脂之情形時,為了得到物理強度而需要延伸,故為了盡量使聚合物狀態為均勻,可於縱橫以大致相同倍率藉由依次或同時雙軸延伸進行製造。其結果,可得到面內相位差較以往小之含有聚酯系樹脂的片。所謂此面內相位差小,意指片之厚度為10μm~90μm,面內相位差為1500nm以下,較佳為1200nm以下,更佳為1000nm以下,再更佳為800nm以下。另,為了使二軸延伸聚酯之作為塑膠膜的彈性模數或撕裂強度等物理特性良好,面內相位差不過小為佳,較佳為200nm以上,更佳為400nm以上。In addition, when the
又,為了進一步使物理特性良好,較佳亦考慮面內方向之雙折射以及與膜厚方向之雙折射的平衡。作為其指標,具有Nz係數。Nz係數由於會受到膜內部之結晶性或配向性影響,故與片整體之特性有關。Nz係數當例如為聚對酞酸乙二酯之情形時,通常為2~4,但尤其當製成長條輥之情形時,於因某些階差而不易因片內聚合物狀態產生新階差之方面上,較佳為5以上,更佳為8以上,最佳為10以上。Nz係數之上限為80左右,較佳為70以下,最佳為50以下。In addition, in order to further improve the physical properties, it is preferable to also consider the balance between the birefringence in the in-plane direction and the birefringence in the film thickness direction. As its index, it has the Nz coefficient. The Nz coefficient is affected by the crystallinity or orientation inside the film, so it is related to the characteristics of the entire sheet. The Nz coefficient is usually 2 to 4 in the case of, for example, polyethylene terephthalate, but especially when it is made into a long roll, it is difficult to generate a new level due to the state of the polymer in the sheet due to some level difference. In terms of difference, it is preferably 5 or more, more preferably 8 or more, and most preferably 10 or more. The upper limit of the Nz coefficient is about 80, preferably 70 or less, and most preferably 50 or less.
面內相位差(Re)係藉由在片之面內折射率最大之方向即慢軸方向的折射率nx、在前述面內與前述慢軸方向正交之方向即快軸方向的折射率ny及片之厚度t(nm),以下述算式(1)表示者。從下述算式(1)可知面內相位差小由於配向性之程度低,故有可使抗彎折性良好之傾向。面內相位差(Re),例如可藉由大塚電子股份有限公司製之商品名「RETS-100」、王子計測機器公司製之商品名「KOBRA-WR」、「PAM-UHR100」測定。 面內相位差(Re)=(nx-ny)×t …(1)The in-plane retardation (Re) is determined by the refractive index nx in the direction of the maximum refractive index in the plane of the sheet, that is the slow axis direction, and the refractive index ny in the direction orthogonal to the slow axis direction in the plane, that is the fast axis direction. And the thickness t (nm) of the sheet is expressed by the following formula (1). From the following formula (1), it can be seen that the in-plane phase difference is small and the degree of alignment is low, so there is a tendency to improve the bending resistance. The in-plane phase difference (Re) can be measured by, for example, the product name "RETS-100" manufactured by Otsuka Electronics Co., Ltd., and the product names "KOBRA-WR" and "PAM-UHR100" manufactured by Oji Measuring Instruments Co., Ltd. In-plane phase difference (Re)=(nx-ny)×t …(1)
Nz係數係藉由片之厚度方向的折射率nz、上述nx及上述ny,以下述算式(2)表示者。 Nz係數=(nx-nz)/(nx-ny) …(2)The Nz coefficient is expressed by the following formula (2) by the refractive index nz in the thickness direction of the sheet, the above nx, and the above ny. Nz coefficient = (nx-nz)/(nx-ny) …(2)
當使用RETS-100測定上述Re之情形時,可依照以下之次序進行測定。首先,為了使RETS-100之光源穩定,打開光源後放置60分鐘以上。然後,選擇旋轉檢偏鏡法,且進行θ模式(角度方向相位差測定模式)選擇。藉由選擇此θ模式,載台成為傾斜旋轉載台。When using RETS-100 to measure the above Re, the measurement can be carried out in the following order. First, in order to stabilize the light source of RETS-100, leave it for more than 60 minutes after turning on the light source. Then, the rotating analyzer method is selected, and the θ mode (angle direction phase difference measurement mode) is selected. By selecting this θ mode, the stage becomes an inclined rotating stage.
接著,將以下之測定條件輸入於RETS-100。 (測定條件) ・延遲測定範圍:旋轉檢偏鏡法 ・測定點直徑:5mm ・傾斜角度範圍:-40°~40° ・測定波長範圍:400nm~800nm ・樣品之平均折射率(例如,於PET之情形時,為N=1.617,又,於丙烯酸樹脂膜之情形時,為1.5。) ・厚度:使用SEM或光學顯微鏡另外測得之厚度Next, enter the following measurement conditions into RETS-100. (Measurement conditions) ・Delay measurement range: Rotating analyzer method ・Measurement point diameter: 5mm ・Inclination angle range: -40°~40° ・Measurement wavelength range: 400nm~800nm ・The average refractive index of the sample (for example, in the case of PET, N=1.617, and in the case of acrylic resin film, 1.5.) ・Thickness: the thickness separately measured by SEM or optical microscope
接著,在不將樣品設置於此裝置下,得到背景資料。裝置設定為封閉系統,於每次打開光源時皆實施此動作。Then, without setting the sample under this device, get background information. The device is set to a closed system, and this action is implemented every time the light source is turned on.
然後,將樣品設置於此裝置內之載台上。樣品之形狀可為任何形狀,例如可為長方形。樣品之大小可為50mm×50mm。當存在複數個樣品之情形時,全部必須以相同方向設置。例如,為了將全部樣品以相同方向設置,較佳於所有樣品預先作上記號。Then, set the sample on the stage in the device. The shape of the sample can be any shape, for example, it can be rectangular. The size of the sample can be 50mm×50mm. When there are multiple samples, all must be set in the same direction. For example, in order to set all samples in the same direction, it is better to mark all samples in advance.
設置樣品後,於溫度23±5℃及相對濕度50±20%之環境下,在XY平面使載台旋轉360°,測定快軸及慢軸。測定結束後,選擇慢軸。然後,以慢軸為中心,載台傾斜至設定之角度範圍,且同時進行測定,以每10°得到設定傾斜角度範圍及設定波長範圍之數據(Re)。面內相位差Re設定為以入射角0°及波長589nm之光測定時之值。面內相位差Re係於位置不同之5點進行測定。具體而言,首先,如圖2所示,畫出通過樣品SA之中心A1的2條正交之虛擬線IL1、IL2。若畫出此虛擬線IL1、IL2,則樣品被劃分為4個區塊。然後,於各區塊中設定距中心A1等距離之1點,合計4點A2~A5,於中心A1及點A2~A5之合計5點進行測定。然後,從5點之測定值中去除最大值與最小值,將其餘3點之算術平均值作為面內相位差Re。After setting up the sample, in an environment with a temperature of 23±5°C and a relative humidity of 50±20%, the stage is rotated 360° on the XY plane to measure the fast axis and the slow axis. After the measurement is over, select the slow axis. Then, with the slow axis as the center, the stage is tilted to the set angle range, and measurement is performed at the same time, and the data (Re) of the set tilt angle range and the set wavelength range are obtained every 10°. The in-plane phase difference Re is set to a value when measured with light having an incident angle of 0° and a wavelength of 589 nm. The in-plane phase difference Re is measured at 5 points with different positions. Specifically, first, as shown in FIG. 2, two orthogonal virtual lines IL1 and IL2 passing through the center A1 of the sample SA are drawn. If the virtual lines IL1 and IL2 are drawn, the sample is divided into 4 blocks. Then, set a point equidistant from the center A1 in each block, a total of 4 points A2 to A5, and measure at a total of 5 points of the center A1 and points A2 to A5. Then, remove the maximum and minimum values from the measured values at 5 points, and use the arithmetic average of the remaining 3 points as the in-plane phase difference Re.
片12可為單層構造,亦可為積層2層以上之積層構造者。具體而言,片12可為基材單體或功能層單體,例如可為基材上形成有1層以上之功能層的積層體(例如,光學積層體)。所謂本說明書中之「功能層」,係指意欲於積層體中發揮某些功能之層。具體而言,作為功能層,例如可列舉基底層、硬塗層、撞擊吸收層、防眩層、抗靜電層、導電層、散熱層、紫外線吸收層、特殊波長吸收層、特殊波長透射層、色再現性提升層、液晶層、相位差調整層、視角調整層、反射層、著色層、抗反射層(高折射率層、低折射率層)、防污層、撥水層、撥油層等或此等之組合等。本說明書中之「功能層」可為單層構造,亦可為積層構造。惟,於本說明書中,「功能層」為於片12之使用時亦存在之層,不包含使用時將被剝離之剝離襯墊(release liner)。若於片存在剝離襯墊,則容易產生缺點,且容易產生與上述階差不同之新的階差。於假設在片12設置有剝離襯墊之情形時,係在經剝除剝離襯墊之狀態下捲繞於捲芯11。The
片12之用途並無特別限定,例如可列舉光學用途(光學膜用途、偏光板用途、顯示裝置用途)、建具用途、汽車內裝裝飾用途、電池構件用途、食品包裝材料用途等。此等之中,光學膜若具有起因於片之捲繞開始端部的階差或起因於固定構件的階差,則不僅是外觀,還會有對透光性造成影響之虞,故本發明之技術對於光學用途特別有效。The use of the
片12具備有捲繞開始端部12A(參照圖3)與捲繞結束端部12B(參照圖1)。於輥體10中,捲繞開始端部12A較捲繞結束端部12B位於內側(捲芯11)側。於輥體10中,如圖3所示,捲繞開始端部12A中之位於長邊方向DR2的前端面12A1在沿著片12之長邊方向DR2及捲芯11之徑向DR3的剖面中,與固定構件17之後述第2端面17B大致對齊。所謂本說明書中之「大致對齊」,意指捲繞開始端部12A之長邊方向DR2上的前端面12A1與第2端面17B之距離為固定構件17之寬度W3(參照圖4)的±20%以內。另,上述「+」意指前端面12A1較第2端面17B突出,而上述「-」則意指前端面12A1較第2端面17B退縮(亦即,第2端面17B較前端面12A1突出)。The
<<固定構件>>
固定構件17係用以將片12之一部分固定於捲芯11的外周面11A者。固定構件17延伸於捲芯11之寬度方向DR1。藉此,可將片12之一部分沿著捲芯11之寬度方向DR1固定於捲芯11之外周面11A。<<Fixed member>>
The fixing
固定構件17具有第1端面17A與相反側之第2端面17B。第1端面17A及第2端面17B皆延伸於捲芯11之寬度方向DR1。The fixing
於圖3中,固定構件17密合於捲芯11之外周面11A及片12之捲繞開始端部12A,而將片12之捲繞開始端部12A固定於捲芯11之外周面11A。另,若為片12之第1圈,則亦可以非為捲繞開始端部12A之部分將片12加以固定。於圖3中,固定構件17之表面全部密合於捲繞開始端部12A,但如圖8所示,若捲繞開始端部12A以捲收時不會發生問題之程度固定於固定構件17,例如於捲收時捲繞開始端部12A以不會從固定構件17剝離之程度被固定,則第1填充部14亦可進入於捲繞開始端部12A與固定構件17之間。In FIG. 3, the fixing
固定構件17並無特別限定,可列舉接著構件或雙面帶等黏著構件等。固定構件17亦可具有彈性(緩衝性)。黏著構件為於兩面具有黏著性者。The fixing
固定構件17之寬度W3(參照圖4)較佳為5mm以上且100mm以下。若固定構件17之寬度W3為5mm以上,則可確實地將片12之一部分固定於捲芯11之外周面11A,又若為100mm以下,則可在不會使片12產生皺摺下將片12捲繞。所謂本說明書中的「固定構件之寬度」,意指從第1端面至第2端面之距離。固定構件17之寬度W3的下限較佳為10mm以上、20mm以上或30mm以上,上限則較佳為50mm以下或40mm以下。The width W3 (refer to FIG. 4) of the fixing
固定構件17之厚度較佳為3μm以上且600μm以下。若固定構件17之厚度為3μm以上,則可確實地將捲芯11之外周面11A的一部分加以固定,又若為600μm以下,則可更加抑制片12之變形。固定構件17之厚度的下限較佳為5μm以上、10μm以上或20μm以上,上限較佳為200μm以下、100μm以下或50μm以下。固定構件之厚度可藉由下述方式求得:測定10處固定構件之厚度,求出該10處厚度之算術平均值。The thickness of the fixing
<第1間隙>
第1間隙13為與捲繞開始端部12A中之位於長邊方向DR2(參照圖3)之前端面12A1接觸的間隙。具體而言,圖3所示之第1間隙13為捲芯11之外周面11A、第1圈之片12的背面12C、捲繞開始端部12A之前端面12A1及固定構件17之第2端面17B所包圍之間隙。當未設置有固定構件17之情形時,第1間隙則為捲芯之外周面、第1圈之片的背面及捲繞開始端部之前端面所包圍的間隙。<The first gap>
The
第1間隙13為與前端面12A1接觸之間隙,且亦為位於捲芯11與第1圈之片12之間而且與第2端面17B接觸的間隙,因此亦為後述之第3間隙。The
<第2間隙>
第2間隙15為與固定構件17之第1端面17A接觸的間隙。具體而言,圖3所示之第2間隙15為捲芯11之外周面11A、第1圈之片12的背面12C及固定構件17之第1端面17A所包圍的間隙。<Second gap>
The
<第1填充部>
第1填充部14填充於第1間隙13。亦即,第1填充部14與捲芯11之外周面11A、第1圈之片12的背面12C、捲繞開始端部12A之前端面12A1及固定構件17之第2端面17B接觸。另,當未設置有固定構件17之情形時,第1填充部則與捲芯之外周面、第1圈之片的背面及捲繞開始端部之前端面接觸。所謂本說明書中之「填充」,意指間隙大致被構成填充部之材料掩埋的狀態。惟,可於填充部之內部具有空隙(例如氣泡)。<The first filling part>
The
片12具有被作為產品使用之有效區域與位於片12之短邊方向之有效區域的兩側並不被作為產品使用之非有效區域,第1填充部14至少存在於有效區域。有效區域由於為被作為產品使用之區域,故第1填充部14較佳在捲芯11之寬度方向DR1上存在於有效區域之整個寬度。第1填充部14若存在於有效區域,則雖亦可存在於非有效區域,但若第1填充部14存在於非有效區域,則亦有第1填充部14從片12突出之虞,又,非有效區域原本就為不被作為產品使用之區域,亦無須緩和上述階差,故第1填充部14亦可不存在於非有效區域。非有效區域亦會因片之用途或片之寬度而有所不同,但通常為從片之短邊方向的兩端向內側分別在10mm~30mm以內之區域。當第1填充部14存在於非有效區域之情形時,第1填充部14可分別存在於片之短邊方向的兩端,但從抑制突出之觀點,較佳存在於從此等兩端朝向片之中央部分別距離1mm以上(較佳為5mm以上,更佳為10mm以上)的部位。The
第1填充部14中第1圈之片12從捲芯11分離之分離位置P1側的前端部14A之邊緣厚度T1(參照圖4、圖5)若該厚度厚,則有起因於該厚度而形成新階差之虞,故以較薄為佳。另,雖會於後文說明,但根據目的,亦有時邊緣厚度T1以一定程度存在較不存在為佳。邊緣厚度T1,例如較佳為50μm以下。從可縮短變形緩和長度(自捲繞開始端部12A至無法辨認起因於捲繞開始端部12A之階差的變形之地點為止的距離)之方面,邊緣厚度T1更佳為30μm以下、20μm以下、10μm以下、5μm以下以及2μm以下。起因於捲繞開始端部之階差越緩和,起因於此階差之片的變形就越緩和,故變形緩和長度會變短。本說明書中之「變形緩和長度」,除了於至起因於捲繞開始端部之階差所造成的片變形緩和為止之長度來使用的意義之外,亦有時會以至無法辨認起因於固定構件之階差所造成的片變形為止之長度的意義來使用。當變形緩和長度被以至無法辨認起因於固定構件之階差所造成的片變形為止之長度的意義使用之情形時,變形緩和長度為自捲繞開始端部12A至無法辨認起因於固定構件17之階差的變形之地點為止的距離。變形緩和長度以較短為佳,具體而言,較佳為100m以下、75m以下、60m以下、50m以下或35m以下、20m以下、15m以下。另,若變形緩和長度為75m以下,則無法辨認片變形之部分會更多,故為良好。變形緩和長度雖如上述般為至無法辨認階差所造成之片變形為止的長度,但是否存在階差,係以下述方式判斷。首先,於800Lux以上且2000Lux以下之室內環境下,使白色光源管(白色LED燈、白色螢光燈等)映射至長條狀片,將映射至片之白色光源管的輪廓線相較於片之其他部分具有歪斜之部分的情形時判斷為存在階差,而將存在有階差之周邊中可判斷為所映射之白色光源管的輪廓線與片之其他部分相同的部分判斷為不存在階差。白色光源管係配置成白色光源管之長邊方向沿著片之長邊方向。白色光源管之長度,亦可根據片之寬度與長度作變更。具體而言,白色光源管之長度較佳設為達到片中存在階差之部分與不存在階差之部分的長度。藉此,會輕易曉得存在階差之部分。又,若觀察環境為如上述之亮度,則白色光源管本身可點亮,亦可不點亮。當觀察時,白色光源管映射至片而可看見其輪廓線之狀態是重要的。因此,作為觀察條件,係適當選擇可明確看見白色光源管之輪廓線者。例如,當相較於片之表面,片之背面較容易看見白色光源管之輪廓線的情形時,亦可將白色光源管映射至片之背面,確認是否存在階差。具體而言,例如為於基材之表面側積層有防眩層等白色光源管難以映射之功能層的積層體之情形時,若從防眩層側觀察,則有時難以確認是否存在階差。因此,於此情形時,可將白色光源管映射至未積層防眩層之基材的背面側,確認是否存在階差。另,此判斷即使為在基材上積層有1層以上之功能層的積層體或將其貼附於偏光子而成之積層體等各種用途的輥體,亦可使用。例如,當在基材上積層有防眩層作為功能層之情形時,存在階差之部分會因壓力而使得發揮防眩功能之凹凸形狀受到破壞,而可看見陰影等著色,亦可藉此加以判斷。又,當積層有各種功能層,而白色光源管難以映射至輥體之辨認側面或其相反面的情形時,如上述般,由於形狀變化,可看見因陰影等而與其他部分不同之著色,可藉此加以判斷。The edge thickness T1 of the
又,當片12為具有3μm以上但未達50μm之厚度的薄膜之情形時,由於較厚度厚之情形容易受到起因於捲繞開始端部12A之階差的影響,故當使用此種薄膜之情形時,邊緣厚度T1較佳為10μm以下,又從使上述變形緩和長度為最短之方面,更佳為7μm以下、5μm以下以及1μm以下。In addition, when the
從使上述變形緩和長度為最短之觀點,邊緣厚度T1較佳為上述之厚度,但捲芯之表面有時被施以表面精加工,而存在有凹凸。於第1填充部之前端部中,由於構成第1填充部之材料沿著此凹凸被埋入,故會產生存在邊緣厚度T1之部分與不存在邊緣厚度T1之部分,而有變得不均之虞。然而,若邊緣厚度T1薄,則即使假設發生此種不均,亦無實際之損害。因此,當存在凹凸而變得不均之情形時,邊緣厚度T1以較薄為佳,具體而言,例如,邊緣厚度T1較佳為15μm以下、10μm以下、5μm以下以及1μm以下。From the viewpoint of making the above-mentioned deformation relaxation length the shortest, the edge thickness T1 is preferably the above-mentioned thickness, but the surface of the core may be subjected to surface finishing, and there may be irregularities. In the front end of the first filling part, since the material constituting the first filling part is embedded along the unevenness, there will be a part where the edge thickness T1 exists and a part where the edge thickness T1 does not exist, and there will be unevenness. The fear. However, if the edge thickness T1 is thin, even if such unevenness is assumed to occur, there is no actual damage. Therefore, when unevenness occurs, the edge thickness T1 is preferably thinner. Specifically, for example, the edge thickness T1 is preferably 15 μm or less, 10 μm or less, 5 μm or less, and 1 μm or less.
另一方面,亦存在因存在邊緣厚度T1而達成之效果。例如,捲芯大多會於輥體使用後再利用。因此,對於捲芯要求二次加工性,該二次加工性係將第1填充部等與捲芯接觸之填充部從捲芯剝除,或藉由清洗或拭去加以去除,藉此將捲芯再利用。因此,例如第1填充部14較佳如後述般未接著於捲芯11。又,於第1填充部14分別與捲芯11及片12接觸之部分中,較佳為可從第1填充部14乾淨地剝除片12。若假設當從第1填充部14剝除片12時,第1填充部14發生凝聚破壊,則有時會難以從捲芯11將第1填充部14全部乾淨地剝除。相對於此,若存在邊緣厚度T1,則由於會成為將片12剝離之觸發物,故從二次加工性之觀點,較佳為勉強使邊緣厚度T1存在。例如從二次加工性之觀點,邊緣厚度T1較佳設定為5μm以上。此邊緣厚度T1,較佳之厚度會因捲芯或片之材質而改變,亦可使邊緣厚度T1為1.5μm以上,以及5μm以上。關於邊緣厚度之上限,由於有起因於厚度而形成新的階差之虞,故較佳為30μm以下。On the other hand, there is also an effect achieved by the presence of the edge thickness T1. For example, the core is mostly reused after the roll body is used. Therefore, secondary workability is required for the winding core. The secondary workability is to remove the filling part in contact with the winding core, such as the first filling part, from the winding core, or to remove it by washing or wiping off, thereby removing the winding core. Core reuse. Therefore, for example, it is preferable that the
邊緣厚度T1之測定,可使用掃描型光干涉式表面形狀測定機加以測定。作為此種表面形狀測定機,例如可舉賽格公司製之「New View」系列等。The edge thickness T1 can be measured using a scanning optical interference surface profile measuring machine. Examples of such a surface shape measuring machine include the "New View" series manufactured by SEG.
具體而言,可使用掃描型光干涉式表面形狀測定機(產品名「New View7300」,賽格公司製),以下述方式求得邊緣厚度T1。首先,若將片全部接連放出,則有時第1填充部14會附著於片12側,而從捲芯剝離。當第1填充部14附著於被接連放出之片12側的情形時,會從片得到包含第1填充部14之前端部14A的大小0.5mm見方以上之1個以上樣品。另,樣品若為0.5mm見方以上之大小,則不限於正方形,亦可為長方形(例如,2mm×5mm)。樣品係設為包含第1填充部14且從未附著污垢或指紋等之任意部位切下者。然後,以下述測定條件,測定第1填充部14之邊緣厚度T1。邊緣厚度T1可藉由下述方式求得,亦即測定10處邊緣厚度,從所測得之10處的厚度中去除最大值與最小值,求出其餘8處之厚度的算術平均值。
(測定條件)
・物鏡:10倍
・變焦(Zoom):1倍
・測定區域:2.17mm×2.17mm
・掃描長度(scan length):5μm
・最小模數(min mod):0.015Specifically, a scanning optical interference type surface profile measuring machine (product name "New View 7300", manufactured by SEG) can be used to obtain the edge thickness T1 in the following manner. First, if all the sheets are discharged one after another, the first filling
第1填充部14中於與前端面12A1接觸之位置的厚度T2(參照圖4),較佳當存在固定構件17之情形時,較固定構件17與片12之厚度的合計厚,又,當不存在固定構件17之情形時,較片12之厚度厚。藉由使厚度T2為此種厚度,可更加有效地緩和起因於捲繞開始端部12A之階差。惟,若厚度T2過厚,則雖可緩和起因於捲繞開始端部12A之階差,但有時會對片12之捲收造成不良影響。因此,例如當片12之厚度為50μm以上且200μm以下的情形時,厚度T2較佳為52μm以上且220μm以下,更佳為52μm以上且150μm以下,又,當片12之厚度為3μm以上但未達50μm的情形時,厚度T2較佳為50.5μm以上且100μm以下。The thickness T2 of the first filling
第1填充部14中於與前端面12A1接觸之位置的厚度T2,可用下述方式測定。厚度T2亦可於存在第4居間部18之情形與不存在第4居間部18之情形,測定方法不同。當不存在第4居間部18之情形時,可使用雷射位移計或立體顯微鏡進行測定,而當存在第4居間部18之情形時,則可使用立體顯微鏡進行測定。使用雷射位移計或立體顯微鏡進行之厚度T2的測定,係設為在溫度23±5℃及相對濕度50±20%之環境下進行。The thickness T2 of the first filling
使用雷射位移計測定厚度T2,可用下述方式進行。以下之測定方法由於是利用雷射光之反射,故於片12為透明且第1填充部為不透明之情形時(例如,被著色之情形時)特別有效。首先,準備用以使輥體10旋轉之治具與雷射位移計(例如,產品名「LK-G30」,其恩斯股份有限公司製),分別配置於規定之位置。治具被插入於捲芯11之寬度方向DR1的孔11B,而構成為可旋轉地保持輥體10。另,雖舉LK-G30作為雷射位移計,但即使不是LK-G30,亦可使用後續機型等同等之雷射位移計。Using a laser displacement meter to measure the thickness T2 can be done in the following way. The following measurement method uses the reflection of laser light, so it is particularly effective when the
雷射位移計為下述之裝置:具備有雷射源與受光元件,以受光元件接收從雷射源照射而於第1填充部14之表面反射的雷射光,根據於受光元件之受光位置而可測定位移。The laser displacement meter is a device that has a laser source and a light-receiving element, and the light-receiving element receives the laser light irradiated from the laser source and reflected on the surface of the first filling
雷射位移計係以位於輥體10之上方,朝向輥體10之表面照射雷射光的方式配置有3台。雷射位移計之配置部位設定為如下。首先,如圖9所示般確定將片12之寬度作3等分的第1位置B1及第2位置B2。第1位置B1位於片12之短邊方向(捲芯11之寬度方向DR1)的第1端12G1側,第2位置B2則位於第1端12G1相反側之第2端12G2側。然後,第1台雷射位移計配置成使雷射光照射於第1位置B1與第1端12G1之中點C1,第2台雷射位移計配置成使雷射光照射於第1位置B1與第2位置B2之中點C2,第3台雷射位移計則配置成使雷射光照射於第2位置B2與第2端12G2之中點C3。Three laser displacement meters are arranged above the
然後,將輥體10安裝於治具,從輥體10接連放出片12直至露出第1填充部14。然後,於露出第1填充部14之狀態下,以旋轉速度30mm/s使捲芯11旋轉,且同時藉由雷射位移計以抽樣週期200μs連續地測定位移量,得到以橫軸為位置(mm),縱軸為位移量(mm)之圖表(參照圖10)。此測定係從第1填充部14之前端部14A朝向與前端面12A1接觸之位置進行,於此測定中,係使基準高度(位移量0mm線)為捲芯11之高度,基準高度與第1填充部14位移量之差為第1填充部14之厚度。又,此圖表係使橫軸之1個刻度為5mm,縱軸之1個刻度為0.02mm。Then, the
於此圖表中,在存在第1填充部14之部位,位移量雖從前端部14A上升,但第1填充部14中與前端面12A1接觸之位置以後,位移量急遽下降。因此,於圖表上找到位移量開始急遽下降之位置位移曲線上的位置E1。然後,藉由求出位移量0mm線與位置E1之位移量的差,而求出第1填充部14中與前端面12A1接觸之位置的厚度T2。In this graph, at the location where the first filling
使用立體顯微鏡測定厚度T2,可用下述方式進行。首先,以包含捲繞開始端部12A、第1填充部14及第2圈之片12的部分不受到破壞之方式取出該部分,並加以固定。然後,對被固定之該部分的剖面進行研磨,以立體顯微鏡(例如,產品名「Digital microscope VHX-7000」,其恩斯股份有限公司製)測定第1填充部14之厚度T2。另,雖舉Digital microscope VHX-7000作為立體顯微鏡,但即使不是VHX-7000,亦可使用後續機型等同等之立體顯微鏡。Using a stereo microscope to measure the thickness T2 can be carried out in the following manner. First, the portion including the winding
片12延伸於長邊方向DR2之兩端部12G(參照圖1),由於為不作為產品使用之部分,故捲芯11寬度方向DR1上之第1填充部14的長度若為輥體10中之用以產品化的有效區域以上,則亦可較片12之寬度W2小。The
第1填充部14較佳含有著色材料或發光材料。藉由第1填充部14含有著色材料或發光材料,而於第1填充部14從輥體10突出時容易以目視確認。又,容易確認第1填充部14之厚度或長度等。The
當第1填充部14被著色之情形時,作為第1填充部14之顏色,並無特別限定,但從可確實地掌握第1填充部14之存在,且即使第1填充部14之成分附著於捲收裝置亦不明顯的觀點,較佳為白色或灰色等。When the first filling
當第1填充部14被著色之情形時,第1填充部14含有著色材料。當第1填充部14為塗布材料之硬化物的情形時,著色材料較佳為不阻礙硬化者。著色材料可為顏料及染料之任一者,又可為有機系著色材料及無機系著色材料之任一者。作為具體之著色材料例,可列舉氧化鈦、碳黑或此等之混合物等。When the first filling
當第1填充部14被著色之情形時,第1填充部14中之著色材料的含量較佳為0.1質量%以上且50質量%以下。若著色材料之含量為0.1質量%以上,則可藉由目視來確認第1填充部14,又若為50質量%以下,則著色材料無論為無機材料或有機材料,皆可良好地維持二次加工性。When the first filling
當第1填充部14含有發光材料之情形時,作為發光材料,並無特別限定,可列舉螢光材料或蓄光材料。當第1填充部14含有螢光材料或蓄光材料之情形時,可藉由對第1填充部14照射紫外線或可見光等光,而使第1填充部14中之螢光材料或蓄光材料發光。When the first filling
第1填充部14之表面14B的形狀較佳為向上呈凸狀。若表面14B之形狀向上呈凸狀,則由於相較於向下呈凹狀,可更加抬起片12,故可更加緩和上述階差。關於表面14B之形狀是否向上呈凸狀,可與厚度T2同樣地從位置位移曲線之圖表加以判斷。具體而言,首先在上述圖表中,於存在第1填充部14之部位,由於位置高於捲芯11之高度,故位移量上升。掌握位移量開始上升之部位中的位移量0mm線與位置位移曲線之交點亦即位置E2(參照圖10)。然後,畫出通過位置E1與位置E2之虛擬線IL3(參照圖10)。若存在於位置E1與位置E2之間的位置位移曲線之波峰數中,位於較虛擬線IL3上側之波峰數的比例為50%以上,則可判斷為第1填充部14之表面14B的形狀向上呈凸狀,又,若存在於位置E1與位置E2之間的位置位移曲線之波峰數中50%以上之波峰數中位於較虛擬線IL3下側之波峰數的比例未達50%,則可判斷為第1填充部14之形狀向下呈凹狀。另,於虛擬線IL3與位置位移曲線重疊之情形時,判斷為向下呈凹狀。判斷第1填充部14之形狀的圖表,係使橫軸之1個刻度為5mm,縱軸之1個刻度為0.02mm。The shape of the
當第1填充部14之表面14B的形狀向上呈凸狀之情形時,縱軸方向上之從虛擬線IL3至位置位移曲線的平均距離D1較佳為0.003mm以上。若平均距離D1為0.003mm以上,則由於可有效地將片12抬起,故可更加緩和上述階差。此平均距離D1之下限更佳為0.01mm以上。而關於平均距離D1之上限,若過度呈凸狀,則有可能成為新的階差之原因,故較佳為0.1mm以下,更佳為0.07mm以下。上述平均距離D1,係指將虛擬線IL3作為基準線,讀取7個較該虛擬線IL3向上呈凸狀之波峰,將去除最大值與最小值後之5個的值加以平均而得者。另,讀取之波峰為峰部,選擇大的部分。When the shape of the
虛擬線IL3相對於位置位移曲線圖表之橫軸的傾斜度較佳為0.0020以上且0.0130以下,更佳為0.0030以上且0.0070以下,再更佳為0.0050以上且0.0060以下。若此傾斜度為0.0050以上,則可不會凹陷,填充填充材料,又,若為0.0060以下,則可不會大幅凸起,填充填充材料。此傾斜度之下限較佳為0.0020以上、0.0030以上或0.040以上,上限較佳為0.0130以下、0.0120以下或0.0100以下。The inclination of the virtual line IL3 with respect to the horizontal axis of the position displacement curve graph is preferably 0.0020 or more and 0.0130 or less, more preferably 0.0030 or more and 0.0070 or less, and still more preferably 0.0050 or more and 0.0060 or less. If the inclination is 0.0050 or more, the filling material can be filled without dents, and if it is 0.0060 or less, the filling material can be filled without bulging greatly. The lower limit of this inclination is preferably 0.0020 or more, 0.0030 or more or 0.040 or more, and the upper limit is preferably 0.0130 or less, 0.0120 or less or 0.0100 or less.
第1填充部14之厚度較佳為從上述分離位置P1附近朝向前端面12A1慢慢地變厚。藉由使第1填充部14之厚度以此方式變化,可抑制片12中之捲芯11的徑向DR3(外周面11A之法線方向)急遽的高度變化,故可緩和起因於捲繞開始端部12A之階差。The thickness of the first filling
若第1填充部之厚度急遽變化,則會因該厚度之變化部分而殘留變形,而有無法充分地緩和起因於捲繞開始端部之階差之虞。因此,較佳為相對於片之厚度,確保足夠之第1填充部的長度。惟,當因使第1填充部之長度長而產生捲收等其他影響的情形時,藉由刻意使第1填充部之長度較最佳狀態短,上述變形緩和長度會較具有最佳第1填充部長度之狀態長,但相較於不設置第1填充部,可縮短上述變形緩和長度。因此,當如圖4般存在第4居間部18之情形時,第1填充部14中沿著片12之長邊方向DR2的長度L1(參照圖4)及第4居間部18中沿著片12之長邊方向DR2的長度L2(參照圖4)之合計相對於第1填充部14中在與前端面12A1接觸之位置的厚度T2之比((長度L1+長度L2)/厚度T2)較佳為90以上。又,當如圖7般不存在第4居間部18之情形時,第1填充部14中沿著片12之長邊方向DR2的長度L1(圖7參照)相對於第1填充部14中在與前端面12A1接觸之位置的厚度T2之比(長度L1/厚度T2)較佳為90以上。此等之比的下限從縮短上述變形緩和長度之方面而言,較佳為100以上、110以上、120以上或140以上。又,此等之比的上限並無特別限定,例如可為1200以下、1000以下、800以下、500以下或300以下。If the thickness of the first filling part changes rapidly, the deformation will remain due to the changed part of the thickness, and there is a possibility that the step caused by the winding start end may not be sufficiently alleviated. Therefore, it is preferable to ensure a sufficient length of the first filling portion with respect to the thickness of the sheet. However, when the length of the first filling part is long and other influences such as curling occur, by deliberately making the length of the first filling part shorter than the optimal state, the above-mentioned deformation relaxation length will be more optimal than the first filling part. The length of the filling part is long, but compared with not providing the first filling part, the aforementioned deformation relaxation length can be shortened. Therefore, when there is the fourth
長度L1為沿著片12之長邊方向DR2從第1填充部14中與前端面12A1接觸之位置至分離位置P1側之端為止的長度。長度L2為沿著片12之長邊方向DR2從前端面12A1正上方之位置至第1圈之片12與第2圈之片12接觸的位置側之端為止的長度。長度L1及長度L2與厚度T2同樣地可從位置位移曲線之圖表求得。具體而言,首先,藉由後述方法確認第4居間部之存在。當存在第4居間部之情形時,從位置位移曲線之圖表找出上述位置E1及位置E2。接著,通過上述位置E2,畫出與位移量0mm線垂直之虛擬線IL4(參照圖10)。然後,若使虛擬線IL4與位移量0mm線之交點為位置E3,則可藉由求出位置E2與位置E3之距離而求得長度L1與長度L2之合計長度。又,當不存在第4居間部之情形時,則可藉由上述方法,求出位置E2與位置E3之距離,藉此求得長度L1。The length L1 is a length along the longitudinal direction DR2 of the
從緩和上述階差之觀點,長度L1越長越佳,例如當片12之厚度為50μm以上且200μm以下的情形時,長度L1較佳為110μm以上,為了更加縮短上述變形緩和長度,較佳為1mm以上,更佳為10mm以上。惟,若長度L1過長,則於加工上,難以形成向上呈凸狀之第1填充部,且有第1填充部發生波浪狀厚度不均之虞,故從容易得到向上呈凸狀之第1填充部14,且抑制波浪狀厚度不均的觀點,長度L1之上限較佳為100mm以下。From the viewpoint of alleviating the above-mentioned level difference, the longer the length L1 is, the better. For example, when the thickness of the
上述(長度L1+長度L2)/厚度T2或長度L1/厚度T2,可概括地表示第1填充部14之形狀,但要更加適當地表示第1填充部14中之向上呈凸狀等形狀,較佳進一步使用包含片12之長邊方向DR2及捲芯11之徑向DR3的平面中之第1填充部14的面積。具體而言,當如圖4般存在第4居間部18之情形時,較佳為區域R1之面積S1(參照圖6)及區域R2之面積S2(參照圖6)的合計相對於厚度T2的比((面積S1+面積S2)/厚度T2)在3.0以上,其中該厚度T2為第1填充部14中於與前端面12A1接觸之位置的厚度,區域R1為包含片12之長邊方向DR2及捲芯11之徑向DR3的平面(於圖4所表示之平面)上被捲芯11之外周面11A與第1填充部14之表面14B所夾的區域,而區域R2則為捲芯11之外周面11A與第4居間部18之表面18A所夾的區域。圖6中之區域R1的面積S1,表示第1填充部14之剖面積。又,圖6中之區域R2的面積S2,則表示第4居間部18之剖面積、區域R2內之片12的剖面積及區域R2內之固定構件17的剖面積之合計。另,於圖6中,揭示將第1填充部14上及第4居間部18上之片12剝除而使第1填充部14及第4居間部18露出的狀態。當不存在第4居間部18之情形時,較佳為區域R1之面積S1相對於第1填充部14之厚度T2的比(面積S1/厚度T2)在3.0以上,其中該區域R1為包含片12之長邊方向DR2及捲芯11之徑向DR3的平面(於圖7所表示之平面)上被捲芯11之外周面11A與第1填充部14之表面14B所夾的區域。若此等之比在3.0以上,則由於相對於厚度T2,面積S1與面積S2之合計或面積S1較大,故能以第1填充部14有效地將片12抬起,藉此而可更加緩和上述階差。從進一步緩和上述階差之觀點,此等之比的下限較佳在4.0以上、5.0以上、6.0以上、7.0以上或8.0以上。又,此等之比的上限並無特別限定,例如可在50.0以下,甚或在17.0以下。The above-mentioned (length L1 + length L2)/thickness T2 or length L1/thickness T2 can generally represent the shape of the first filling
面積S1與面積S2之合計或面積S1可藉由下述方式求得,亦即於從位置E2至位置E3之區域中,如圖11所示般求出在各測定點MP之厚度t與每個測定點MP間之寬度d的積,將其加以合計。另,測定點間之寬度可從抽樣週期、捲芯之旋轉速度及捲芯之外徑求得。具體而言,測定點間之寬度可藉由以下之算式(3)求得。於算式(3)中,d(μm)為測定點間之寬度,ΔT(s)為抽樣週期,r(rpm)為捲芯之旋轉速度,(mm)為捲芯之外徑,π為圓周率。 d=ΔT×(r/60)××π×1000 …(3)The total of area S1 and area S2 or area S1 can be obtained by the following method, that is, in the area from position E2 to position E3, as shown in FIG. 11, the thickness t at each measuring point MP and each The product of the width d between the measurement points MP is added up. In addition, the width between the measuring points can be obtained from the sampling period, the rotation speed of the core and the outer diameter of the core. Specifically, the width between the measurement points can be obtained by the following formula (3). In the formula (3), d (μm) is the width between the measuring points, ΔT (s) is the sampling period, r (rpm) is the rotation speed of the core, (Mm) is the outer diameter of the core, and π is the circumference ratio. d=ΔT×(r/60)× ×π×1000 …(3)
如上述,捲芯由於會在輥體使用後被再利用,故要求二次加工性。因此,第1填充部14較佳為不接著於捲芯11。若二次加工性良好,則捲芯在輥體使用後會為可再利用之狀態。本說明書中之「捲芯為可再利用之狀態」,意指下述狀態:以目視觀察捲芯整個外周面,沒有會成為階差之原因的附著物。去除之方法,根據使用於第1填充部之填充材料而有所不同。當如顯示裝置用途之硬塗層般交聯密度高且硬的情形時,有時邊緣厚度T1之厚度薄較容易去除。另一方面,當交聯密度不太高且具有橡膠彈性之情形時,有時邊緣厚度T1厚較容易去除。無論何種情形,只要藉由目視觀察沒有殘存會成為階差之原因的附著物即可。又,本說明書中之「接著」,係包含黏著之概念。第1填充部14藉由沒有接著於捲芯11,而可容易地將第1填充部14剝除,故具有良好之二次加工性。第1填充部14更佳為可藉由捲芯11之清洗或拭去,或者以不損傷捲芯11之方式用刃狀物製作觸發物於第1填充部14之端部,用手指慢慢地從捲芯11剝除。又,第1填充部14更佳為實質上不含有接著成分。As mentioned above, since the core is reused after the roll body is used, secondary workability is required. Therefore, it is preferable that the first filling
在進行將第1填充部14之構成材料相對於捲芯11之外周面11A垂直地剝離的90°剝離試驗時,較佳能以未達2.0N之拉力從捲芯11之外周面11A剝離。當上述構成材料能以未達2.0N之拉力被剝離的情形時,由於可容易地將第1填充部14剝除,故具有良好之二次加工性,又,當上述構成材料能以0.3N以下之拉力被剝離的情形時,由於可更加容易地將第1填充部14剝除,故具有優異之二次加工性。In a 90° peel test in which the constituent material of the first filling
90°剝離試驗可使用樣品及彈簧式張力計(大場計器製作所股份有限公司製)進行。具體而言,首先,準備較樣品大小大之模具,將此模具配置於捲芯11之外周面11A。然後,將用以形成第1填充部14之塗布材料注入於此模具,視需要使之硬化,而得到材料層。然後,從模具取下材料層,且藉由切割機等切下材料層成20mm×100mm之大小,而得到被設置於捲芯11之外周面11A的10個樣品。然後,藉由彈簧式張力計保持樣品之一端,於溫度25℃、相對濕度30%以上且70%以下之環境下,測定拉力,且同時相對於捲芯11之外周面11A垂直地拉起前述一端,將樣品以剝離速度10mm/秒剝離。然後,從進行90°剝離試驗之10個樣品中去除拉力最大之樣品與拉力最小之樣品,將其餘8個樣品之拉力的算術平均值作為上述構成材料之拉力。The 90° peel test can be performed using a sample and a spring tension meter (manufactured by Oba Keiki Co., Ltd.). Specifically, first, a mold larger than the sample size is prepared, and this mold is placed on the outer
第1填充部14之構成材料的抗拉強度較佳為3.0MPa以上。若上述構成材料之抗拉強度為3.0MPa以上,則於剝除第1填充部14時,第1填充部14不易被撕碎,可得到良好之二次加工性。從得到優異之二次加工性的觀點,上述構成材料之抗拉強度的下限更佳為3.2MPa以上或3.4MPa以上。又,若上述構成材料之抗拉強度過大,則由於第1填充部之緩衝性差,故為了得到良好之緩衝性,上述構成材料之抗拉強度的上限較佳為16.0MPa以下、8.0MPa以下或5.5MPa以下。The tensile strength of the constituent material of the first filling
上述構成材料之抗拉強度,可依照JIS K6251:2017,使用樣品及Tensilon萬能試驗機(產品名「RTC-1310A」,艾安得股份有限公司製)進行測定。具體而言,首先,準備較樣品大小大之模具,將此模具配置於捲芯11之外周面11A。然後,將用以形成第1填充部14之塗布材料注入於此模具,視需要使之硬化,而得到材料層。然後,從模具取下材料層,且藉由衝孔刀片(例如,高分子計器股份有限公司製之拉伸2號形啞鈴狀衝孔刀片),將材料層衝壓成JIS K6251:2017所記載之啞鈴狀2號形的大小,而得到10個樣品。然後,將樣品於25℃之環境下保持24小時。然後,使上述Tensilon萬能試驗機之一對夾具抓持樣品長邊方向之兩端部,於溫度25℃、相對濕度30%~70%之環境下,以初始夾具間距離20mm及拉伸速度100mm/分之條件進行拉伸試驗,測定樣品之抗拉強度。從10個樣品中去除抗拉強度最大值及最小值之樣品,將其餘8個樣品之抗拉強度的算術平均值作為上述構成材料之抗拉強度。The tensile strength of the above-mentioned constituent materials can be measured in accordance with JIS K6251:2017, using a sample and Tensilon universal testing machine (product name "RTC-1310A", manufactured by Aion Corporation). Specifically, first, a mold larger than the sample size is prepared, and this mold is placed on the outer
第1填充部14之構成材料割斷時的伸長率較佳為200%以上。若上述構成材料割斷時之伸長率為200%以上,則由於第1填充部14容易伸長,故當將第1填充部14剝除時,第1填充部14不易被撕碎,可得到良好之二次加工性。從得到優異之二次加工性的觀點,上述構成材料割斷時之伸長率的下限更佳為250%以上、300%以上或350%以上。又,上述構成材料割斷時之伸長率的上限可為850%以下、600%以下或500%以下。上述構成材料割斷時之伸長率,可依照JIS K6251:2017,使用樣品及Tensilon萬能試驗機(產品名「RTC-1310A」,艾安得股份有限公司製),以與抗拉強度之測定方法同樣方式進行測定。The elongation when the constituent material of the first filling
第1填充部14之構成材料的撕裂強度較佳為1.0N/mm以上。若上述構成材料之撕裂強度為1.0N/mm以上,則當將第1填充部14剝除時,第1填充部14不易被撕裂,可得到良好之二次加工性。從得到優異之二次加工性的觀點,上述構成材料之撕裂強度的下限更佳為2.0N/mm以上、4.0N/mm以上、6.0N/mm以上、8.0N/mm以上或10N/mm以上。又,上述構成材料之撕裂強度的上限可為35N/mm以下、30N/mm以下或25N/mm以下。上述構成材料之撕裂強度,可依照JIS K6252:2007,使用樣品及Tensilon萬能試驗機(產品名「RTC-1310A」,艾安得股份有限公司製)進行測定。使樣品為以抗拉強度之項目所記載的方法製作者。The tear strength of the constituent material of the first filling
以Durometer type A測得之第1填充部14之構成材料的硬度較佳為95°以下。於第1填充部之前端部,經常會受到捲收時之壓力,並且有時亦會因經時變化或環境變化(溫度、濕度及/或壓力)而受到壓力。為了抑制起因於第1填充部之前端部的階差,第1填充部之前端部薄亦是有效的,但可藉由使用以Durometer type A測得之上述構成材料的硬度為95°以下之類柔軟的樹脂,第1填充部會因捲收片時之壓力而變形,抑制起因於第1填充部之前端部的階差。上述硬度之上限更佳為95°以下、80°以下、70°以下或50°以下。另一方面,於片為堅硬且第1填充部為柔軟之情形等、片與第1填充部之硬度差大的情形、不存在第4居間部之情形,僅第1填充部會因捲收片時之壓力而被壓縮,無法充分地緩和起因於捲繞開始端部之階差,而有於片產生些微變形之虞。因此,上述硬度之下限較佳為10°以上、15°以上、20°以上或25°以上。The hardness of the constituent material of the first filling
以Durometer type A之硬度測定,可依照JIS K6253:1997進行。具體而言,首先,準備較樣品大小大之模具,將此模具配置於捲芯11之外周面11A。然後,將用以形成第1填充部14之塗布材料注入於此模具,視需要使之硬化,而得到材料層。然後,從模具取下材料層,且藉由切割機等切下材料層,而得到大小100mm×100mm,厚度10mm之10個樣品。然後,使用Durometer type A(產品名「GS-719N(TYPEA)」,Teclock股份有限公司製),於溫度25℃,相對濕度30%~70%之環境下,測定硬度。從10個樣品中去除硬度最大值及最小值之樣品,將其餘8個樣品之硬度的算術平均值作為上述構成材料之硬度。Durometer type A hardness measurement can be performed in accordance with JIS K6253:1997. Specifically, first, a mold larger than the sample size is prepared, and this mold is placed on the outer
於捲收片時,雖塗布材料會流動以緩和起因於捲繞開始端部之階差,但於塗布材料為硬化性高分子組成物之情形時,若於其後之硬化時收縮,則特別是於不存在第4居間部之情形時,無法以第1填充部充分地緩和階差,而有片發生些微變形之虞。因此,第1填充部14之構成材料的線收縮率較佳為1.5%以下。若上述構成材料之線收縮率為1.5%以下,則由於可形成尺寸穩定性優異之第1填充部,故能以第1填充部充分地緩和階差。從更充分地緩和階差之觀點,第1填充部14之線收縮率的上限更佳為1.3%以下、1.0%以下、0.7%以下。又,上述熱收縮率之下限可為0%以上。When the sheet is wound up, although the coating material flows to alleviate the step difference caused by the end of the winding start, when the coating material is a curable polymer composition, it will be particularly affected if it shrinks during subsequent curing. When there is no fourth intermediate part, the first filling part cannot sufficiently alleviate the level difference, and the sheet may be slightly deformed. Therefore, the linear shrinkage rate of the constituent material of the first filling
上述構成材料之線收縮率可用下述方式測定。首先,準備厚度2mm,130mm見方以上之大小的模具,將用以形成第1填充部14之塗布材料注入於此模具,使之硬化,而得到樣品(成形物)。於完全硬化後,測定樣品之尺寸,與模具內側之尺寸比較,基於JIS K6249:2003求出線收縮率。從10個樣品中去除線收縮率最大值及最小值之樣品,將其餘8個樣品之線收縮率的算術平均值作為上述構成材料之線收縮率。The linear shrinkage rate of the above-mentioned constituent materials can be measured in the following manner. First, a mold with a thickness of 2 mm and a size of 130 mm or more is prepared, and the coating material for forming the first filling
第1填充部14能藉由使填充材料流動或變形而形成。當填充材料顯示出流動性之情形時,若於片之捲繞前或片之捲繞時顯示出流動性,則亦可不一定總是要顯示出流動性。作為填充材料,可列舉塗布材料或填充帶。The
塗布材料為可塗布之材料,例如於塗布時或捲繞時具有流動性。作為具有流動性之塗布材料,不僅液體,還可列舉會從液體變化成固體之材料、會因加熱等而具有流動性之固體,或硬化性材料。當塗布材料為硬化性材料之情形時,第1填充部14係由硬化性材料之硬化物形成。The coating material is a coatable material, for example, it has fluidity during coating or winding. As a fluid coating material, not only a liquid, but also a material that changes from a liquid to a solid, a solid that has fluidity due to heating, etc., or a hardenable material. When the coating material is a curable material, the first filling
作為塗布材料,例如可列舉硬化性高分子組成物、熱塑性樹脂、油、澱粉、黏著劑、密合劑或溶膠等。Examples of coating materials include curable polymer compositions, thermoplastic resins, oils, starches, adhesives, adhesives, and sols.
作為硬化性高分子組成物,可列舉硬化性樹脂組成物或硬化性橡膠組成物。當使用熱塑性樹脂作為塗布材料之情形時,於塗布時及捲繞時,需要設為藉由加熱而具有流動性之狀態。Examples of the curable polymer composition include a curable resin composition or a curable rubber composition. When a thermoplastic resin is used as a coating material, it needs to be in a state of being fluidized by heating at the time of coating and winding.
填充帶為藉由被填充於第1間隙13而成為第1填充部14之帶且具有因捲繞片12時之壓力而藉由毛細管現象擴散的性質,或凝膠帶。填充帶係貼附或密合於捲芯11之外周面11A來使用。The filling tape is a tape that becomes the first filling
如上述,對於第1填充部要求二次加工性。此處,若填充材料(例如,塗布材料等)為密封劑材料,則密封劑材料由於會牢固地附著於捲芯,故二次加工性差。相對於此,造模用材料由於前提是從模具取下,故二次加工性優異。因此,從二次加工性之觀點,作為填充材料(例如,塗布材料等),較佳為造模用材料。As described above, secondary workability is required for the first filling part. Here, if the filling material (for example, a coating material, etc.) is a sealant material, the sealant material adheres firmly to the winding core, and therefore the secondary workability is poor. In contrast, the molding material has excellent secondary workability due to the premise that it is removed from the mold. Therefore, from the viewpoint of secondary workability, as a filler material (for example, a coating material, etc.), a material for molding is preferable.
於25℃,剪切速率為1/s時之填充材料(例如,塗布材料等)的剪切黏度較佳為500Pa・s以下。例如,雖亦考慮對塗布於捲芯之填充材料(例如,塗布材料等)使用刮勺等,且同時將填充材料擴展,於捲繞片前調整填充材料之形狀,但當藉由此種步驟來擴展填充材料之情形時,需要很大的工夫。相對於此,若填充材料之剪切黏度為500Pa・s以下,則由於能以捲收片時之壓力使填充材料擴展成期望之形狀,故可省略使填充材料擴展之特別步驟。上述剪切黏度更佳為200Pa・s以下。從容易地使填充材料擴展之觀點,上述剪切黏度較佳為300Pa・s以下、100Pa・s以下或50Pa・s以下。At 25°C, the shear viscosity of the filler material (for example, coating material, etc.) at a shear rate of 1/s is preferably 500 Pa·s or less. For example, although it is also considered to use a spatula for the filling material applied to the core (for example, coating material, etc.), and at the same time expand the filling material, adjust the shape of the filling material before winding the sheet, but when using this step It takes a lot of work to expand the filling material. In contrast, if the shear viscosity of the filling material is 500 Pa·s or less, the filling material can be expanded into a desired shape by the pressure when the sheet is rolled, so the special step of expanding the filling material can be omitted. The above-mentioned shear viscosity is more preferably 200 Pa·s or less. From the viewpoint of easily expanding the filler, the above-mentioned shear viscosity is preferably 300 Pa·s or less, 100 Pa·s or less, or 50 Pa·s or less.
另一方面,從縮短上述變形緩和長度之觀點,上述剪切黏度較佳為10Pa・s以上且75Pa・s以下,更佳為20Pa・s以上且50Pa・s以下。若此剪切黏度為10Pa・s以上,則由於流動性不會變得過高,故可緩和片12之變形,又若為75Pa・s以下,則可抑制因第1填充部之前端部所造成的變形。On the other hand, from the viewpoint of shortening the deformation relaxation length, the shear viscosity is preferably 10 Pa·s or more and 75 Pa·s or less, and more preferably 20 Pa·s or more and 50 Pa·s or less. If the shear viscosity is 10 Pa·s or more, the fluidity will not become too high, so the deformation of the
並且,從更加抑制填充材料溢出之觀點,上述剪切黏度若為15Pa・s以上,甚或20Pa・s以上,則由於可抑制塗布時填充材料從捲芯11與片12之間溢出,故較佳。進而,剪切黏度較佳為60Pa・s以上。若此剪切黏度為60Pa・s以上,則填充材料之流動性低,即使受到塗布時及/或捲收時之壓力,亦可抑制填充材料從捲芯與片之間溢出。In addition, from the viewpoint of more suppressing the overflow of the filler, if the above-mentioned shear viscosity is 15 Pa·s or more, or even 20 Pa·s or more, it is preferable to prevent the filler from overflowing between the core 11 and the
填充材料之上述剪切黏度,可使用動態黏彈性測定裝置(例如,Anton Paar Japan股份有限公司製)測定。具體而言,係使用直徑25mm之平行板,於溫度25℃,相對濕度30%~70%之環境下,測定10次剪切速率1[1/s]時之填充材料的剪切黏度,從所測得之10個剪切黏度中去除最大值與最小值,求出其餘8個剪切黏度之算術平均值,藉此而求出剪切黏度。The above-mentioned shear viscosity of the filler can be measured using a dynamic viscoelasticity measuring device (for example, manufactured by Anton Paar Japan Co., Ltd.). Specifically, a parallel plate with a diameter of 25mm is used to measure the shear viscosity of the filling material at a shear rate of 1[1/s] for 10 times under an environment with a temperature of 25°C and a relative humidity of 30% to 70%. The maximum and minimum values are removed from the 10 measured shear viscosities, and the arithmetic average value of the remaining 8 shear viscosities is obtained, thereby obtaining the shear viscosity.
填充材料(例如,塗布材料)較佳不含有溶劑等揮發成分。藉由填充材料不含有揮發成分,第1填充部14中之裂紋等形狀變化小,且不易產生片痕。The filling material (for example, the coating material) preferably does not contain volatile components such as a solvent. Since the filling material does not contain volatile components, the shape change such as cracks in the first filling
(塗布材料)
塗布材料雖於形成第1填充部時可塗布,但於輥體10之狀態下,較佳為流動性低之材料。本說明書中之「於輥體之狀態下,流動性低」,意指於輥體之運輸時或製造時,塗布材料不會從輥體溢出。當將第1填充部14形成於第1間隙13時,塗布材料雖必須為可塗布,但若於輥體10之狀態下,塗布材料之流動性高,則當運輸時或製造時等之際,會有第1填充部溢出,產生污垢之虞。相對於此,若塗布材料為於形成第1填充部14時可塗布且於輥體10之狀態下流動性低的材料,則可將第1填充部14形成於第1間隙13,且可抑制第1填充部14之溢出或污垢。作為此種形成第1填充部時可塗布,但於輥體10之狀態下流動性低的材料,可舉硬化性高分子組成物。(Coating material)
Although the coating material can be applied when forming the first filling portion, it is preferably a material with low fluidity in the state of the
當塗布材料為硬化性高分子組成物之情形時,作為塗布材料,例如可使用游離輻射硬化性高分子組成物(游離輻射硬化性樹脂組成物或游離輻射硬化性橡膠組成物)、熱硬化性高分子組成物(熱硬化性樹脂組成物或熱硬化性橡膠組成物)、室溫硬化性高分子組成物(於攝氏20°~30°左右之室溫硬化的高分子組成物)(室溫硬化性樹脂組成物或室溫硬化性橡膠組成物)等。When the coating material is a curable polymer composition, as the coating material, for example, ionizing radiation curable polymer composition (ionizing radiation curable resin composition or ionizing radiation curable rubber composition), thermosetting Polymer composition (thermosetting resin composition or thermosetting rubber composition), room temperature curable polymer composition (polymer composition curable at room temperature around 20°-30°C) (room temperature Curable resin composition or room temperature curable rubber composition), etc.
室溫硬化性高分子組成物,例如具有由主劑及硬化劑構成之雙液硬化性高分子組成物,或藉由空氣中之水分而硬化的單液硬化性高分子組成物。第1填充部中存在於片中央之部分由於在片被捲繞的狀態下,處於大致密封狀態,故空氣難以接觸此部分,而有不充分硬化之虞。相對於此,雙液硬化性高分子組成物若將主劑與硬化劑加以混合,則反應才會開始,故僅作時間管理即可硬化。又,雙液硬化性高分子組成物相較於單液硬化性高分子組成物,保存穩定性優異,故較佳。The room temperature curable polymer composition has, for example, a two-component curable polymer composition composed of a main agent and a curing agent, or a single-component curable polymer composition that is cured by moisture in the air. Since the part of the first filling part existing in the center of the sheet is in a substantially sealed state when the sheet is wound, it is difficult for air to contact this part, and there is a risk of insufficient hardening. On the other hand, if the two-component curable polymer composition is mixed with the main agent and the curing agent, the reaction will start, so it can be cured only by time management. In addition, the two-component curable polymer composition is better in storage stability than the single-component curable polymer composition.
作為游離輻射硬化性高分子組成物,例如可列舉含有具有(甲基)丙烯醯基、乙烯基、烯丙基等乙烯性不飽和基之化合物的組成物。作為使游離輻射硬化性高分子組成物硬化時所照射之游離輻射,可列舉可見光線、紫外線、X射線、電子射線、α射線、β射線及γ射線。As an ionizing radiation curable polymer composition, for example, a composition containing a compound having an ethylenically unsaturated group such as a (meth)acryloyl group, a vinyl group, and an allyl group can be cited. Examples of the ionizing radiation irradiated when curing the ionizing radiation curable polymer composition include visible rays, ultraviolet rays, X-rays, electron rays, α rays, β rays, and γ rays.
游離輻射硬化性高分子組成物,例如可舉藉由照射游離輻射而形成丙烯酸系凝膠之丙烯酸凝膠組成物。丙烯酸凝膠組成物,例如包含乙基(甲基)丙烯酸酯、正丙基(甲基)丙烯酸酯、異丙基(甲基)丙烯酸酯、正丁基(甲基)丙烯酸酯、異丁基(甲基)丙烯酸酯、2-乙基己基(甲基)丙烯酸酯、正己基(甲基)丙烯酸酯、正戊基(甲基)丙烯酸酯、異戊基(甲基)丙烯酸酯、辛基(甲基)丙烯酸酯、異辛基(甲基)丙烯酸酯、異肉豆蔻基(甲基)丙烯酸酯、月桂基(甲基)丙烯酸酯、壬基(甲基)丙烯酸酯、異壬基(甲基)丙烯酸酯、異癸基(甲基)丙烯酸酯、十三基(甲基)丙烯酸酯、十八基(stearyl)(甲基)丙烯酸酯、異十八基(甲基)丙烯酸酯等。於本說明書中,「(甲基)丙烯酸酯」為包含「丙烯酸酯」及「甲基丙烯酸酯」兩者之意義。The ionizing radiation curable polymer composition may be, for example, an acrylic gel composition that forms an acrylic gel by irradiating ionizing radiation. Acrylic gel composition, for example, contains ethyl (meth)acrylate, n-propyl (meth)acrylate, isopropyl (meth)acrylate, n-butyl (meth)acrylate, isobutyl (Meth)acrylate, 2-ethylhexyl (meth)acrylate, n-hexyl (meth)acrylate, n-pentyl (meth)acrylate, isopentyl (meth)acrylate, octyl (Meth)acrylate, isooctyl(meth)acrylate, isomyristyl(meth)acrylate, lauryl(meth)acrylate, nonyl(meth)acrylate, isononyl( Meth)acrylate, isodecyl (meth)acrylate, tridecyl (meth)acrylate, stearyl (meth)acrylate, isooctadecyl (meth)acrylate, etc. . In this specification, "(meth)acrylate" means both "acrylate" and "methacrylate".
作為熱硬化性高分子組成物及室溫硬化性高分子組成物,例如可列舉胺酯樹脂組成物、環氧樹脂組成物、聚矽氧組成物等。此等之中,可較佳使用聚矽氧組成物。作為聚矽氧組成物,可列舉聚矽氧凝膠組成物或聚矽氧橡膠組成物,任一者皆輕易緩和上述階差及變形,較為合適。Examples of the thermosetting polymer composition and the room temperature curing polymer composition include a urethane resin composition, an epoxy resin composition, and a silicone composition. Among these, a polysiloxane composition can be preferably used. As the silicone composition, a silicone gel composition or a silicone rubber composition can be cited. Either one can easily alleviate the above-mentioned level difference and deformation and is suitable.
使本說明書中之聚矽氧凝膠組成物硬化所形成的「聚矽氧凝膠硬化物(聚矽氧凝膠)」,意指以有機聚矽氧為主成分之交聯密度非常低的硬化物,以JIS K2220:2013(1/4 cone)規定之針入度為10~150。此相當於藉由JIS K6249:2003之橡膠硬度測定下測定值(橡膠硬度值)為0,不顯示有效之橡膠硬度值程度的低硬度(亦即,柔軟)者,於此點上,與所謂聚矽氧橡膠組成物及聚矽氧橡膠硬化物(橡膠狀彈性體)不同。The "hardened polysiloxane gel (polysiloxane gel)" formed by hardening the polysiloxane gel composition in this specification means that the crosslinking density of organopolysiloxane as the main component is very low The hardened product has a penetration degree of 10 to 150 as specified in JIS K2220:2013 (1/4 cone). This is equivalent to the measured value (rubber hardness value) of 0 under the rubber hardness measurement of JIS K6249:2003, which does not show the low hardness (ie, softness) of the effective rubber hardness value. At this point, it is the same as the so-called Silicone rubber composition and silicone rubber hardened material (rubber-like elastomer) are different.
聚矽氧橡膠組成物具有單液硬化性聚矽氧橡膠組成物與雙液硬化性聚矽氧橡膠組成物。單液硬化性聚矽氧橡膠組成物,具有於室溫硬化之縮合反應硬化性橡膠組成物,與藉由加熱而硬化之加成反應性橡膠組成物。又,雙液硬化性聚矽氧橡膠組成物,具有於室溫硬化之縮合反應硬化性橡膠組成物及加成反應性橡膠組成物,與藉由加熱而硬化之加成反應性橡膠組成物。又,亦可用其他樹脂改質聚矽氧橡膠組成物,藉此製成游離輻射硬化性橡膠組成物。於本發明中,任一硬化方法皆可,但此等之中,從可均勻地硬化且保存穩定性優異之方面,較佳為雙液硬化性聚矽氧橡膠組成物。The silicone rubber composition has a single-liquid curable silicone rubber composition and a two-liquid curable silicone rubber composition. The one-component curable silicone rubber composition has a condensation reaction curable rubber composition that hardens at room temperature, and an addition-reactive rubber composition that is hardened by heating. In addition, the two-component curable silicone rubber composition has a condensation reaction curable rubber composition and an addition reactive rubber composition that are cured at room temperature, and an addition reactive rubber composition that is cured by heating. In addition, other resins can be used to modify the silicone rubber composition to form an ionizing radiation curable rubber composition. In the present invention, any curing method may be used, but among these, a two-component curable silicone rubber composition is preferable in terms of uniform curing and excellent storage stability.
作為聚矽氧橡膠組成物,例如可舉室溫硫化(Room Temperature Vulcanizing,RTV)聚矽氧橡膠組成物。關於RTV聚矽氧橡膠組成物,收縮率較游離輻射硬化性高分子組成物小,尺寸穩定性良好,又,於硬化前由於流動性優異,故容易滲入捲芯11與片12或片12間之間隙,且於硬化後流動性低。並且,此RTV聚矽氧橡膠組成物由於具有深部硬化性,故無論塗布時之厚度如何,硬化反應皆容易進行。又,此組成物由於脫模性亦優異,故將硬化物剝離後,容易為可再次利用作為輥體之狀態。Examples of the silicone rubber composition include a room temperature vulcanizing (RTV) silicone rubber composition. Regarding the RTV silicone rubber composition, the shrinkage rate is smaller than that of the ionizing radiation curable polymer composition, and the dimensional stability is good. In addition, because of the excellent fluidity before curing, it is easy to penetrate between the core 11 and the
上述RTV聚矽氧橡膠組成物,根據硬化反應機構,具有縮合反應硬化性RTV聚矽氧橡膠組成物或加成反應硬化性RTV聚矽氧橡膠組成物等。於本發明中,皆可較佳地使用。若為縮合反應硬化性RTV聚矽氧橡膠組成物,則於沒有硬化阻礙之方面上較佳,若為加成反應硬化性RTV聚矽氧橡膠組成物,則硬化收縮率更小之方面較佳。於本發明中,由於具有越為硬化收縮大之材料,上述階差之緩和所需之塗布材料的厚度越大之傾向,故尤其是對於薄的片(例如,片12之厚度為3μm~45μm),加成反應硬化性RTV聚矽氧橡膠組成物可較佳地使用。The above-mentioned RTV silicone rubber composition has a condensation reaction-curable RTV silicone rubber composition or an addition reaction-curable RTV silicone rubber composition according to the curing reaction mechanism. In the present invention, all can be preferably used. If it is a condensation reaction-curable RTV silicone rubber composition, it is better in that it has no hardening hindrance. If it is an addition reaction-curable RTV silicone rubber composition, it is better in terms of less curing shrinkage. . In the present invention, the greater the hardening shrinkage of the material, the greater the thickness of the coating material required for the relaxation of the level difference. Therefore, it is especially suitable for thin sheets (for example, the thickness of the
上述RTV聚矽氧橡膠組成物,由於無需特別之加工裝置等,故較佳為液狀聚矽氧橡膠(Liquid Silicone Rubber)。Since the above-mentioned RTV silicone rubber composition does not require special processing equipment and the like, it is preferably a liquid silicone rubber (Liquid Silicone Rubber).
另,為了發揮期望之功能,亦可使上述各種組成物含有功能性成分。例如,聚矽氧橡膠組成物由於一般為電絕緣體,故有時會因與捲芯11、片12或其他物質之接觸而帶電。該情形時,亦可使聚矽氧橡膠組成物含有導電性填充劑。藉由以此方式,可防止塵埃等異物混入,故可抑制變成上述階差之原因。In addition, in order to exert a desired function, the above-mentioned various compositions may contain functional components. For example, since the silicone rubber composition is generally an electrical insulator, it sometimes becomes charged due to contact with the
作為混入聚矽氧橡膠組成物之導電性填充劑,可列舉碳黑(乙炔黑或科琴碳黑(ketjen black))、銀粉末、鍍金二氧化矽或石墨、導電性鋅華等。又,近年來,亦開發出離子導電性聚矽氧橡膠,亦可使用此離子導電性聚矽氧橡膠。As the conductive filler mixed into the silicone rubber composition, carbon black (acetylene black or ketjen black), silver powder, gold-plated silicon dioxide or graphite, conductive zinc bloom, etc. can be cited. In addition, in recent years, ion conductive silicone rubber has also been developed, and this ion conductive silicone rubber can also be used.
於上述聚矽氧凝膠組成物,在不損及本發明目的之範圍,可摻合任意成分。作為此任意成分,例如可列舉反應抑制劑、無機質填充劑、不含有矽原子鍵結氫原子及矽原子鍵結烯基之有機聚矽氧、耐熱性賦予劑、阻燃性賦予劑、搖變性賦予劑、顏料、染料等。In the above-mentioned silicone gel composition, any component can be blended without impairing the purpose of the present invention. Examples of such optional components include reaction inhibitors, inorganic fillers, organopolysiloxanes that do not contain silicon-bonded hydrogen atoms and silicon-bonded alkenyl groups, heat resistance imparting agents, flame retardancy imparting agents, and thixotropy Donating agents, pigments, dyes, etc.
反應抑制劑為用以抑制上述組成物之反應的成分,具體而言,例如可列舉乙炔系、胺系、羧酸酯系、亞磷酸酯系等反應抑制劑。The reaction inhibitor is a component for suppressing the reaction of the above-mentioned composition, and specific examples include reaction inhibitors such as acetylene-based, amine-based, carboxylate-based, and phosphite-based reaction inhibitors.
作為無機質填充劑,例如可列舉煙燻二氧化矽(fumed silica)、晶性矽石、沉澱性二氧化矽、中空填料、矽倍半氧烷(silsesquioxane)、煙燻二氧化鈦(fumed titanium dioxide)、氧化鎂、氧化鋅、氧化鐵、氫氧化鋁、碳酸鎂、碳酸鈣、碳酸鋅、層狀雲母、碳黑、矽藻土、玻璃纖維等無機質填充劑;此等填充劑經以有機烷氧基矽烷化合物、有機氯矽烷化合物、有機矽氮烷化合物、低分子量矽氧烷化合物等有機矽化合物進行過表面疏水化處理的填充劑等。又,亦可摻合聚矽氧橡膠粉末、聚矽氧樹脂粉末等。Examples of inorganic fillers include fumed silica, crystalline silica, precipitated silica, hollow fillers, silsesquioxane, fumed titanium dioxide, Magnesium oxide, zinc oxide, iron oxide, aluminum hydroxide, magnesium carbonate, calcium carbonate, zinc carbonate, layered mica, carbon black, diatomaceous earth, glass fiber and other inorganic fillers; these fillers are treated with organic alkoxy Silicone compounds, organochlorosilane compounds, organosilazane compounds, low-molecular-weight silicone compounds and other organosilicon compounds that have undergone surface hydrophobization treatment, etc. In addition, silicone rubber powder, silicone resin powder, and the like can also be blended.
當塗布材料為黏著劑之情形時,作為黏著劑,可舉假牙穩定劑。假牙穩定劑可大致分為假牙黏著劑與home-reliner,作為黏著劑,可使用假牙穩定劑中的假牙黏著劑。當將黏著劑如假牙黏著劑般例如分類為粉末型、膏型或帶型之情形時,作為塗布材料使用之黏著劑為粉末型或膏型黏著劑。When the coating material is an adhesive, the adhesive may be a denture stabilizer. Denture stabilizers can be roughly classified into denture adhesives and home-reliners. As the adhesive, denture adhesives among denture stabilizers can be used. When the adhesive is classified into a powder type, a paste type, or a tape type such as a denture adhesive, the adhesive used as a coating material is a powder type or a paste type adhesive.
黏著劑除了黏著劑本身顯示出黏著性外,亦可為藉由水分而顯示出黏著性者。粉末型黏著劑,例如為若接觸到水分,則會吸水顯示出黏著性者。膏型黏著劑,例如為以軟膏基劑將黏著性粉末成分加以乳化,而顯示出黏著性者。In addition to the adhesive itself exhibiting adhesiveness, the adhesive can also be one that exhibits adhesiveness through moisture. A powder type adhesive, for example, is one that absorbs water and exhibits adhesiveness when it comes in contact with water. Paste-type adhesives, for example, are those that emulsify adhesive powder components with an ointment base to exhibit adhesiveness.
黏著劑較佳含有水溶性高分子。作為水溶性高分子,並無特別限定,例如可列舉藻酸、藻酸鹽類(例如,藻酸鈉、藻酸鉀、藻酸銨、藻酸酯等)、天然高分子化合物(例如,阿拉伯膠、黃芪膠、刺槐豆膠、三仙膠、瓜爾膠、洋菜膠、明膠、刺梧桐膠、角叉菜膠等)、纖維素系高分子(例如,甲基纖維素、羧甲基纖維素鈉、羥乙基纖維素、羥丙基甲基纖維素、羥丙基纖維素等)、聚乙二醇、聚乙烯氫吡咯酮、聚乙烯醇、甲基乙烯基醚、羧基乙烯基聚合物、丙烯醯胺與丙烯酸之共聚物、聚丙烯酸鈉、聚環氧乙烷等。此等水溶性高分子可單獨使用1種,亦可任意組合2種以上使用。The adhesive preferably contains a water-soluble polymer. The water-soluble polymer is not particularly limited. For example, alginic acid, alginates (for example, sodium alginate, potassium alginate, ammonium alginate, alginate, etc.), natural polymer compounds (for example, Arabic Gum, tragacanth gum, locust bean gum, sanxian gum, guar gum, agar gum, gelatin, karaya gum, carrageenan, etc.), cellulosic polymers (for example, methyl cellulose, carboxymethyl Sodium cellulose, hydroxyethyl cellulose, hydroxypropyl methyl cellulose, hydroxypropyl cellulose, etc.), polyethylene glycol, polyvinyl hydropyrrolidone, polyvinyl alcohol, methyl vinyl ether, carboxy vinyl Polymers, copolymers of acrylamide and acrylic acid, sodium polyacrylate, polyethylene oxide, etc. These water-soluble polymers may be used singly or in any combination of two or more.
上述纖維素系高分子之中,較佳為羧甲基纖維素鈉。羧甲基纖維素鈉為纖維素之多價羧甲基醚的鈉鹽,別名亦稱為carmellose sodium。羧甲基纖維素鈉為粉末,當受潮時由於會水化,顯示出黏著或彈性,故對黏著劑賦予更進一步之黏著性。Among the above-mentioned cellulose polymers, sodium carboxymethyl cellulose is preferred. Sodium carboxymethyl cellulose is the sodium salt of polyvalent carboxymethyl ether of cellulose, also known as carmellose sodium. Sodium carboxymethyl cellulose is a powder. When it is damp, it will hydrate and show adhesiveness or elasticity. Therefore, it imparts further adhesiveness to the adhesive.
作為塗布材料之黏著劑只要為可塗布,可進一步摻合油性基劑、水性基劑、粉體基劑、膠基劑、賦形劑、乳化劑、潤濕劑、pH調整劑、黏度調整劑、塑化劑、色素等。作為此等基劑或添加劑,可列舉自以往就一直被廣泛使用於假牙穩定劑之基劑或添加劑。As long as the adhesive as the coating material is coatable, it can be further blended with oily bases, water-based bases, powder bases, gum bases, excipients, emulsifiers, wetting agents, pH adjusters, and viscosity adjusters , Plasticizers, pigments, etc. Examples of these bases or additives include bases or additives that have been widely used as stabilizers for dentures since the past.
例如,關於油性基劑,當將黏著劑製備成膏型等糊狀之形態的情形時,可作為其基劑使用。作為油性基劑,可舉通常被使用於非水系黏著劑(例如膏型)之礦油成分(例如,液體石蠟、凡士林、凝膠化烴等)。For example, with regard to an oily base, when the adhesive is prepared in a paste form such as a paste type, it can be used as the base. Examples of the oily base include mineral oil components (for example, liquid paraffin, petrolatum, gelatinized hydrocarbon, etc.) that are generally used in non-aqueous adhesives (for example, paste type).
作為膏型黏著劑,例如可使用New poly grip(註冊商標)S、New poly grip(註冊商標)V、New poly grip(註冊商標)無添加、Polident(註冊商標)NEO假牙穩定劑(皆為GlaxoSmithKline Consumer Healthcare Japan公司製),Tough grip(註冊商標)膏 無添加(小林製藥股份有限公司製),collect(註冊商標)膏(塩野義製藥股份有限公司製)。As a paste adhesive, for example, New poly grip (registered trademark) S, New poly grip (registered trademark) V, New poly grip (registered trademark) without additives, Polident (registered trademark) NEO denture stabilizer (all are GlaxoSmithKline) can be used Consumer Healthcare Japan Co., Ltd.), Tough grip (registered trademark) ointment without additives (manufactured by Kobayashi Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd.), collect (registered trademark) ointment (manufactured by Shionoyoshi Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd.).
當塗布材料為密合劑之情形時,作為密合劑,可舉假牙穩定劑之home-reliner(cushion型)。密合劑為藉由改善邊緣封閉效果以增強密合力者。此種密合劑,例如亦可含有非水溶性高分子。作為非水溶性高分子,並無特別限定,例如可舉如乙酸乙烯酯系樹脂之聚乙烯系樹脂。When the coating material is an adhesive, the home-reliner (cushion type) of a denture stabilizer can be used as the adhesive. Adhesives are those that enhance the adhesion by improving the edge sealing effect. Such an adhesive may contain a water-insoluble polymer, for example. The water-insoluble polymer is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include polyethylene resins such as vinyl acetate resins.
作為密合劑,例如可使用Polident(註冊商標)cushion(GlaxoSmithKline Consumer Healthcare Japan公司製),Tough grip(註冊商標)cushion 透明、Tough grip(註冊商標)cushion 粉紅、柔軟Tough grip(註冊商標)(皆為小林製藥股份有限公司製),Cushion collect(註冊商標)EZ(塩野義製藥股份有限公司製),New Lion Dent 白色、New Lion Dent 粉紅(皆為獅子股份有限公司)等。As the adhesive, for example, Polident (registered trademark) cushion (manufactured by GlaxoSmithKline Consumer Healthcare Japan), Tough grip (registered trademark) cushion transparent, Tough grip (registered trademark) cushion pink, soft Tough grip (registered trademark) (all are Kobayashi Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd.), Cushion collect (registered trademark) EZ (Shino Yoshitaka Co., Ltd.), New Lion Dent white, New Lion Dent pink (all are Lion Co., Ltd.), etc.
當塗布材料為溶膠之情形時,作為溶膠,可列舉二氧化矽溶膠、氧化鋁溶膠及氧化鋯溶膠、氧化鈦溶膠、氧化鈰溶膠、氧化錫溶膠、氧化鈮溶膠等金屬氧化物溶膠。When the coating material is a sol, examples of the sol include metal oxide sols such as silica sol, alumina sol, zirconia sol, titania sol, cerium oxide sol, tin oxide sol, and niobium oxide sol.
為了不使塗布材料過度流動,另一方面使塗布材料流動至第1圈之片12自捲芯11之外周面11A分離的位置(分離位置)P1附近,宜適當調整塗布材料之塗布時的黏度。In order to prevent excessive flow of the coating material, on the other hand, the coating material is allowed to flow to the vicinity of the position (separation position) P1 where the
塗布材料係被塗布成線狀,塗布材料之每單位寬度的塗布量,較佳為可分別得到第1填充部14中之上述範圍厚度T1~T3之類的量。具體而言,例如,塗布材料之每單位寬度的塗布量下限較佳為0.2cm3
/m以上。若塗布材料之上述塗布量過少,則例如當以注射器塗布之情形時,有時會咬空氣,難以從注射器噴出塗布材料,或當使片移動進行塗布之情形時,有時會產生塗層裂縫,但若上述塗布量為0.2cm3
/m以上,則可抑制此類不良情形。又,塗布材料之每單位寬度的塗布量上限較佳為3.5cm3
/m以下。若塗布材料之上述塗布量過多,則有時塗布材料會因本身重量而向下滴,或有時會產生新的階差,但若上述塗布量為3.5cm3
/m以下,則可抑制此類不良情形。上述塗布量之下限更佳為0.3cm3
/m以上,又,上述塗布量之上限較佳為2.0cm3
/m以下或1.5cm3
/m以下。The coating material is coated in a linear shape, and the coating amount per unit width of the coating material is preferably such an amount that the thickness T1 to T3 in the above-mentioned range in the first filling
(填充帶) 作為填充帶之構成材料,可列舉上述塗布材料之項目所說明的黏著劑、密合劑或凝膠等。作為凝膠,例如可列舉由上述聚矽氧凝膠組成物形成之聚矽氧系凝膠、由上述丙烯酸凝膠組成物形成之丙烯酸系凝膠、聚烯烴系凝膠、聚胺酯系凝膠、丁二烯系凝膠、異戊二烯系凝膠、丁基系凝膠、苯乙烯丁二烯系凝膠、乙烯/乙酸乙烯酯共聚物系凝膠、乙烯-丙烯-二烯三元共聚物系凝膠或氟系凝膠等。作為填充帶,例如可使用Touch collect(註冊商標)II(塩野義製藥股份有限公司製)或αGEL(註冊商標)(泰已科股份有限公司製)。(Filling tape) Examples of the constituent material of the filling tape include adhesives, adhesives, gels, and the like described in the item of the above-mentioned coating materials. Examples of gels include silicone gels formed from the above-mentioned silicone gel composition, acrylic gels formed from the above-mentioned acrylic gel composition, polyolefin-based gels, polyurethane-based gels, Butadiene-based gel, isoprene-based gel, butyl-based gel, styrene butadiene-based gel, ethylene/vinyl acetate copolymer-based gel, ethylene-propylene-diene ternary copolymer Material-based gel or fluorine-based gel, etc. As the filling tape, for example, Touch collect (registered trademark) II (manufactured by Shionoyoshi Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd.) or αGEL (registered trademark) (manufactured by Taike Co., Ltd.) can be used.
填充帶之長度較佳為捲芯11之寬度方向DR1上有效區域的寬度以上。藉由使填充帶之長度為此種長度,而可將第1填充部形成於有效區域之整個寬度上,藉此,可於有效區域之整個寬度上緩和起因於片12之捲繞開始端部12A的階差。從捲繞片12時抑制填充帶突出之觀點,填充帶較佳配置成在捲芯11之寬度方向DR1上離片12之短邊方向的兩端向內側分別為1mm以上、10mm以上或30mm以上。另,填充帶之長度,意指填充帶之寬度方向DR1的長度。The length of the filling tape is preferably greater than the width of the effective area in the width direction DR1 of the
填充帶之寬度較佳為5mm以上。藉由使填充帶之寬度為此種寬度,而可更有效地緩和起因於片12之捲繞開始端部12A的階差。填充帶寬度之下限更佳為6mm以上、7mm以上或8mm以上。從抑制填充帶重疊之觀點,填充帶寬度之上限較佳未達捲芯11之外周長。另,填充帶之寬度,意指填充帶之片12長邊方向DR2的長度。The width of the filling tape is preferably 5 mm or more. By setting the width of the filling tape to such a width, the step caused by the winding
填充帶之厚度較佳為捲繞開始端部12A之上表面12A2的高度以上。藉由使填充帶之厚度為此種厚度,可於捲繞片12時將填充帶擴展於寬範圍,故可更有效地緩和起因於片12之捲繞開始端部12A的階差。具體之填充帶厚度,例如當片12之厚度為50μm以上且200μm以下的情形時,較佳為52μm以上且220μm以下,又,當片12之厚度為3μm以上但未達50μm的情形時,較佳為50.5μm以上100μm以下。The thickness of the filling tape is preferably greater than the height of the upper surface 12A2 of the winding start end 12A. By setting the thickness of the filling tape to such a thickness, the filling tape can be expanded in a wide range when the
<第2填充部>
第2填充部16被填充於第2間隙15。亦即,第2填充部16與捲芯11之外周面11A、片12之背面12C及固定構件17之第1端面17A接觸。<Second filling part>
The
第2填充部16之構成材料的抗拉強度等物性,由於與第1填充部14之構成材料的抗拉強度等物性相同,故於此處省略說明。Since the physical properties such as the tensile strength of the constituent material of the
第2填充部16可藉由塗布或變形填充材料而形成。作為填充材料,可列舉塗布材料或填充帶。此填充材料、塗布材料及填充帶由於與第1填充部14所說明之填充材料、塗布材料及填充帶相同,故省略說明。第2填充部之構成材料可與第1填充部14之構成材料相同,亦可不同。The
第2填充部16之厚度較佳從第1端面17A朝向第1圈之片12到達捲芯11之外周面11A的到達位置P2附近慢慢地變小。第2填充部16之厚度藉由以此方式變化,可抑制片12急遽之高度方向的變化,故可緩和起因於固定構件17之階差。The thickness of the
延伸於片12之長邊方向DR2的兩端部12G,由於為不作為產品使用之部分,故捲芯11之寬度方向DR1上的第2填充部16之長度,若為輥體10中用以產品化之有效區域以上,則亦可較片12之寬度W2小。The two ends 12G extending in the longitudinal direction DR2 of the
<第4居間部>
第1填充部由於具有較片柔軟之傾向,故若第1填充部於與捲繞開始端部之前端面接觸的位置之高度為與捲繞開始端部的上表面相同之高度,則於捲繞片時,有在捲繞開始端部之前端面與上表面的角落產生階差之虞。相對於此,當形成有第4居間部18之情形時,由於第4居間部18可吸收第1填充部14與片12之硬度差,故可縮小捲繞開始端部12A之前端面12A1與上表面12A2之角落的階差。又,藉由存在第4居間部18,可抑制應力集中在起因於捲繞開始端部12A之階差的部分,可使第3圈以後之片12的變形趨緩,故可緩和此階差。<The fourth intermediate part>
Since the first filling part tends to be softer than the sheet, if the height of the first filling part in contact with the end surface before the winding start end is the same height as the upper surface of the winding start end, the winding In the case of a sheet, there is a possibility that a step difference may occur at the corner of the end surface and the upper surface before the winding start end. In contrast, when the fourth
與第1填充部14同樣地,第4居間部18較佳含有著色材料或發光材料。藉由第4居間部18含有著色材料或發光材料,而於第4居間部18從輥體10突出時容易藉由目視加以辨識。又,會容易確認第4居間部18之存在。使第4居間部18含有之著色材料或發光材料,由於與第1填充部14之項目所說明的著色材料或發光材料相同,故省略說明。Like the first filling
當片12為透明,且第4居間部18被著色之情形時,第4居間部18是否存在,可輕易藉由目視確認。具體而言,首先,從輥體10將片12接連放出至表面成為第2圈之片12。然後,對於第2圈之片12為表面的輥體10,目視觀察捲繞開始端部12A附近,觀察捲繞開始端部12A上是否存在被著色之部分。當捲繞開始端部12A上存在被著色之部分的情形時,可判斷為存在第4居間部18,又當不存在被著色之部分的情形時,則判斷為不存在第4居間部18。When the
當片12為透明,且第4居間部18含有發光材料之情形時,是否存在第4居間部18,亦可與上述同樣方式,輕易藉由目視加以確認。當發光材料為照射紫外線或可見光等光而會發光之材料的情形時,係照光來確認是否存在第4居間部18。When the
當片12之厚度為50μm以上且200μm以下的情形時,第4居間部18之厚度T3(參照圖4)較佳為2μm以上且110μm以下。若第4居間部18之厚度T3為此範圍,則可避免對片12之捲收的不良影響,且同時可縮短上述變形緩和長度。另,當第4居間部18之厚度T3超過110μm的情形時,雖亦可縮短上述變形緩和長度,但有時對於片12之捲收會有不良影響。When the thickness of the
當片12之厚度為3μm以上但未達50μm,進而為40μm以下的情形時,相較於片12之厚度厚的情形,片12較容易因起因於捲繞開始端部12A之階差而變形。因此,第4居間部18之厚度T3較佳為0.5μm以上且50μm以下。若第4居間部18之厚度T3為此範圍,則可避免片12之捲收的不良影響,且同時可縮短上述變形緩和長度。When the thickness of the
第4居間部18之厚度T3設定為第4居間部18之最大厚度。第4居間部18之厚度T3係以下述方式測定。首先,以包含捲繞開始端部12A、第4居間部18及第2圈之片12的部分不受到破壞之方式取出該部分,並加以固定。然後,對被固定之該部分的剖面進行研磨,以立體顯微鏡(例如,產品名「Digital microscope VHX-7000」,其恩斯股份有限公司製)測定第4居間部18之厚度T3。The thickness T3 of the fourth
第4居間部18可藉由塗布或變形填充材料而形成。作為填充材料,可列舉塗布材料或填充帶。此填充材料、塗布材料及填充帶由於與第1填充部14所說明之填充材料、塗布材料及填充帶相同,故省略說明。第4居間部18之構成材料可與第1填充部14之構成材料相同,亦可不同。The fourth
<<其他之輥體>>
輥體10其片12之捲繞開始端部12A的前端面12A1與固定構件17之第2端面17B於沿著片12之長邊方向DR2及捲芯11之徑向DR3的剖面中大致對齊,但亦可如圖12所示之輥體20,片12之捲繞開始端部12A的前端面12A1較固定構件17之第2端面17B突出。於此情形時,於第2間隙15填充有第2填充部16,且位於捲芯11之外周面11A與第1圈之片12的背面12C之間,並可於第2端面17B側之第3間隙21填充有第3填充部22。<<Other roller bodies>>
In the
<第3間隙>
第3間隙21為與固定構件17之第2端面17B接觸的間隙。具體而言,圖12所示之第3間隙21為捲芯11之外周面11A、第1圈之片12的背面12C及固定構件17之第2端面17B所包圍的間隙。<The third gap>
The
<第3填充部>
第3填充部22除了被填充於第3間隙21以外,其餘皆與第2填充部16相同,故於此處省略說明。<The third filling part>
The
輥體10雖於第2間隙15填充有第2填充部16,但從緩和起因於片12之捲繞開始端部12A的階差之觀點,於第1間隙13填充有第1填充部14即可,故亦可如圖13所示之輥體30,於第2間隙15未填充有第2填充部16。輥體30其第2間隙15為空孔。Although the
輥體10雖於第1間隙13填充有第1填充部14,但從緩和起因於固定構件17之階差的觀點,若於第2間隙15填充有第2填充部16即可,故亦可如圖14所示之輥體40,於第1間隙13未填充有第1填充部14。輥體40其第1間隙13為空孔。Although the
輥體10雖具備有1個固定構件17,但亦可如圖15所示,具備有2個以上之固定構件。於圖15所示之輥體50中,除了固定構件17之外,於固定構件17之第1端面17A側還具備有固定構件51。於圖15所示之輥體50中,由於片12之捲繞開始端部12A的前端面12A1較固定構件17之第2端面17B突出,故為了抑制起因於固定構件17之階差,較佳於第2間隙15填充有第2填充部16,且於第3間隙21填充有第3填充部22。又,同樣地,於圖15所示之輥體50中,為了抑制起因於固定構件51之階差,較佳在固定構件51之後述第1端面51A側的第2間隙52,填充有第2填充部53,且在固定構件51之後述第2端面51B側的第3間隙54,填充有第3填充部55。Although the
<固定構件>
固定構件51具有第1端面51A與相反側之第2端面51B。第1端面51A及第2端面51B皆延伸於捲芯11之寬度方向DR1。固定構件51由於與固定構件17相同,故於此處省略說明。<Fixed member>
The fixing member 51 has a first end surface 51A and a
<第2間隙>
第2間隙52為與固定構件51之第1端面51A接觸的間隙。具體而言,圖15所示之第2間隙52為捲芯11之外周面11A、第1圈之片12的背面12C及固定構件51之第1端面51A所包圍的間隙。<Second gap>
The
<第3間隙>
第3間隙54為與固定構件51之第2端面51B接觸的間隙。具體而言,圖15所示之第3間隙54為捲芯11之外周面11A、第1圈之片12的背面12C及固定構件51之第2端面51B所包圍的間隙。<The third gap>
The
<第2填充部及第3填充部>
第2填充部53除了被填充於第2間隙52以外,其餘皆與第2填充部16相同,故於此處省略說明。第3填充部55除了被填充於第3間隙54以外,其餘皆與第2填充部16相同,故於此處省略說明。<The second filling part and the third filling part>
The
輥體10雖具備有固定構件17,但亦可如圖15所示之輥體60,不具備有固定構件17。Although the
於圖12、圖13、圖15、圖16中,雖未顯示長度L1、長度L2、厚度T2、厚度T3、面積S1、面積S2,但於輥體20、30、50、60中,長度L1、長度L2、厚度T2、厚度T3、(長度L1+L2)/厚度T2、(面積S1+S2)/厚度T2與輥體10之情形相同。In Figure 12, Figure 13, Figure 15, Figure 16, although the length L1, length L2, thickness T2, thickness T3, area S1, area S2 are not shown, in the
輥體20、30、50、60雖皆具備有第4居間部18,但亦可不具備有第4居間部。此情形時,長度L1/厚度T2或面積S1/厚度T2與圖7所示之輥體10之情形相同。Although the
於圖13中,固定構件17之表面雖皆密合於捲繞開始端部12A,但亦可與圖8所示之輥體10同樣地,第1填充部14進入於捲繞開始端部12A與固定構件17之間。In FIG. 13, although the surface of the fixing
<<輥體之製造方法>>
輥體10,例如可藉由以下之方法製造。首先,如圖17(A)所示,沿著捲芯11之寬度方向DR1將固定構件17配置於捲芯11之外周面11A。<<Method of manufacturing roll body>>
The
配置固定構件17後,使用分配器或注射器等塗布裝置,如圖17(B)所示,沿著捲芯11之寬度方向DR1將塗布材料201、202塗布於捲芯11之外周面11A。塗布材料201被塗布成與固定構件17之第2端面17B接觸,塗布材料202則被塗布成與固定構件17之第1端面17A接觸。於此情形時,例如亦可使用2個塗布裝置同時塗布塗布材料201、202。After arranging the fixing
於上述中,雖然塗布材料201被塗布成與第2端面17B接觸,且將塗布材料202塗布成與第1端面17A接觸,但當塗布材料之潤濕性高,且塗布材料之黏度低的情形時,若被塗布成與第2端面或第1端面接觸,則塗布材料可能會滲透於捲繞開始端部與固定構件之間,且濕透至捲繞開始端部與片的背面之間。雖然藉由控制塗布材料亦可達成較佳之狀態,但若有多餘之滲透或濕擴散,則亦有時會於無法控制之位置硬化,結果產生新的階差。又,當填充材料之黏度高的情形時(例如,帶狀者)或塗布材料之潤濕性低的情形時,若配置填充材料或塗布材料,則由於極可能在僅於配置之附近濕擴散的狀態下硬化,故當沒有因後續步驟之捲繞而被充分濕擴散的情形時,亦有下述之虞:於捲繞開始端部附近厚之狀態下硬化的材料變多,反而階差變大。因此,塗布材料201較佳被塗布成接近固定構件17之第2端面17B接近,又,塗布材料202較佳被塗布成接近固定構件17之第1端面17A。本說明書中之「接近」,意指明顯與捲繞開始端部或固定構件分離之位置。例如,即使塗布材料為低黏度之材料,自捲繞開始端部或固定構件之分離距離亦宜為0.3mm以上。此分離距離較佳為0.5mm以上,從最使之穩定的觀點,較佳為1mm以上。另,若此分離距離過大,則由於會難以得到緩和階差之效果,故較佳於可完成圖3等之第1填充部14的範圍調整距離。例如,此分離距離之上限較佳為10mm以下、7mm以下,甚或5mm以下。另,若此分離距離超過10mm,則除了可能第1間隙未被填充之外,雖亦取決於捲芯之直徑,但還有塗布材料在片捲繞前流下之虞。另,當塗布材料之黏度低的情形時,可增多塗布量。分離距離係測定10處,從測得之10處的分離距離中去除最大值與最小值,求出其餘8處之分離距離的算術平均值,藉此而求得。In the above, although the
當塗布材料之黏度為高黏度的情形時,塗布材料由於難以擴展,故上述分離距離以較近為佳,而當塗布材料之黏度為低黏度的情形時,若上述分離距離過小,則有塗布材料大量存在於固定構件上之虞,又,若上述分離距離過大,則有因擴展於其他方向而無法充分地填充於目標間隙之虞,故上述分離距離較佳為不過小且不過大。When the viscosity of the coating material is high viscosity, the coating material is difficult to expand, so the above separation distance is better. When the viscosity of the coating material is low viscosity, if the separation distance is too small, there will be coating There is a possibility that a large amount of material exists on the fixing member, and if the separation distance is too large, it may expand in other directions and may not be sufficiently filled in the target gap. Therefore, the separation distance is preferably not too small and not too large.
於上述中,在將固定構件17配置於捲芯11之外周面11A後,係同時將塗布材料201、202塗布於固定構件17之兩側,但亦可以如下述製造方法(1)~(3)之順序進行塗布材料201、202之塗布及固定構件17之配置。此等之中,較佳為下述製造方法(2)。後述之塗布材料204、205亦同。In the above, after the fixing
製造方法(1)為下述之方法,亦即,於將固定構件17配置在捲芯11之外周面11A後,於固定構件17之第2端面17B側,以成為上述分離距離之方式塗布塗布材料201,然後,於固定構件17之第1端面17A側,以成為上述分離距離之方式塗布塗布材料202。The manufacturing method (1) is the following method, that is, after the fixing
製造方法(2)為下述方法,亦即,於將塗布材料201塗布在捲芯11之外周面11A後,以距塗布材料201之距離成為上述分離距離的方式配置固定構件17,然後,以距固定構件17之距離成為上述分離距離的方式,於固定構件17中之塗布材料201相反側塗布塗布材料202。藉由以此種順序進行塗布材料201、202之塗布及固定構件17之配置,可穩定且具有分離距離地配置,可抑制多餘之塗布材料201、202等被塗布於固定構件17上,故可抑制新的階差產生於固定構件17上。The manufacturing method (2) is a method of applying the
製造方法(3)則為下述方法,亦即,以規定間隔將塗布材料201、202塗布於捲芯11之外周面11A,然後,將固定構件17配置於塗布材料201、202間。The manufacturing method (3) is a method in which the
另,較佳為當形成第1填充部14,但不形成第2填充部16之情形時,首先塗布塗布材料201,然後以距塗布材料201之距離成為上述分離距離的方式配置固定構件17,又,當形成第2填充部16,但不形成第1填充部14之情形時,則首先塗布塗布材料202,然後以距塗布材料202之距離成為上述分離距離的方式配置固定構件17。In addition, it is preferable that when the first filling
塗布材料201、202較佳於捲芯11之寬度方向DR1上被塗布成有效區域之寬度以上。藉由以此方式塗布塗布材料201、202,可使塗布材料201~205存在於第1填充部及第2填充部中有效區域之整個寬度,藉此,可於有效區域之整個寬度上緩和起因於片12之捲繞開始端部的階差及起因於固定構件17的階差。從捲繞片12時抑制塗布材料201、202溢出之觀點,塗布材料201、202較佳塗布成在捲芯11之寬度方向DR1上離片12之短邊方向的兩端向內側分別為1mm以上、10mm以上或30mm以上。The
塗布材料201較佳塗布成塗布材料201之寬度為5mm以上、10mm以上或30mm以上。藉由以此方式塗布塗布材料201,可更有效地緩和起因於片12之捲繞開始端部12A的階差。從抑制塗布材料重疊之觀點,塗布材料201之寬度上限較佳未達捲芯11之外周長。The
塗布材料202較佳塗布成塗布材料202之寬度為0.5mm以上、1mm以上或5mm以上。藉由以此方式塗布塗布材料202,可更有效地緩和起因於固定構件17之階差。從抑制塗布材料重疊之觀點,塗布材料202之寬度上限較佳未達捲芯11之外周長。The
塗布材料201較佳塗布成塗布材料201之厚度為捲繞開始端部12A之上表面12A2的高度以上。藉由以此方式塗布塗布材料201,由於可塗布足夠量之塗布材料201,故可更有效地緩和起因於片12之捲繞開始端部12A的階差。具體之塗布材料201的厚度,例如當片12之厚度為50μm以上且200μm以下的情形時,較佳為52μm以上且2000μm以下,又,當片12之厚度為3μm以上但未達50μm的情形時,較佳為50.5μm以上且2000μm以下。另,上述塗布材料201之厚度為捲繞片12前之厚度。The
塗布材料202較佳塗布成塗布材料202之厚度為固定構件17之表面的高度以上。藉由以此方式塗布塗布材料202,可塗布足夠量之塗布材料202,故可更有效地緩和起因於固定構件17之階差。具體之塗布材料202的厚度下限,當固定構件17之厚度為3μm以上且10μm以下的情形時,較佳為3μm以上且12μm以下。另,上述塗布材料202之厚度為捲繞片12前之厚度。The
塗布塗布材料201、202後,如圖18(A)所示,以片12之捲繞開始端部12A的前端面12A1接觸於塗布材料201且片12覆蓋塗布材料202之方式,配置捲繞開始端部12A。具體而言,係將片12之捲繞開始端部12A貼附於固定構件17,透過固定構件17將捲繞開始端部12A固定於捲芯11之外周面11A。After coating the
將片12之捲繞開始端部12A固定於捲芯11後,如圖18(B)所示,沿著捲芯11之外周面11A捲繞片12。若捲繞片12,則塗布材料201、202會流動擴展,故塗布材料201會被填充於第1間隙13,且塗布材料202會被填充於第2間隙15,而形成被填充於第1間隙13之第1填充部14及被填充於第2間隙15之第2填充部16。藉此,可得到輥體10。另,為了將塗布材料201等確實地擴展並填充於第1間隙13等,當片12超過1000m之情形時,較佳將片12捲繞1000m以上,又,當片12不及1000m之情形時,則較佳捲繞片12之全長。After the winding
又,當塗布材料201、202為硬化性高分子組成物之情形時,於捲繞至少第2圈之片12後,使硬化性高分子組成物硬化。當硬化性高分子組成物為單液硬化性高分子組成物(水分硬化性高分子組成物)之情形時,此組成物由於會因與空氣中之濕度反應且於室溫下放置而硬化,故可在不使用加熱裝置或游離輻射照射裝置等特別裝置下使之硬化。又,當硬化性高分子組成物為雙液硬化性高分子組成物之情形時,則可藉由將主劑與硬化劑加以混合來使之硬化。In addition, when the
輥體20例如可藉由以下之方法製造。首先,沿著捲芯11之寬度方向DR1,將固定構件17配置於捲芯11之外周面11A。The
配置固定構件17後,使用分配器或注射器等塗布裝置,如圖19(A)所示,沿著捲芯11之寬度方向DR1,將塗布材料203~205塗布於捲芯11之外周面11A。塗布材料204被塗布成與固定構件17之第1端面17A接觸,塗布材料205則被塗布成與固定構件17之第2端面17B接觸。塗布材料203被塗布於與固定構件17之第2端面17B及塗布材料205分離的部位。另,塗布材料203亦可被塗布成接近片12之捲繞開始端部12A的前端面12A1,塗布材料204亦可被塗布成接近固定構件17之第1端面17A,塗布材料205亦可被塗布成接近固定構件17之第2端面17B。又,雖於將固定構件17配置於捲芯11之外周面11A後,塗布塗布材料203~205,但亦可於塗布塗布材料203~205後,以塗布材料204接觸或接近固定構件17之第1端面17A的方式,且以塗布材料205接觸或接近固定構件17之第2端面17B的方式配置固定構件17。After arranging the fixing
於塗布塗布材料203~205後,如圖19(B)所示,以片12之捲繞開始端部12A的前端面12A1接觸塗布材料203,且片12分別覆蓋塗布材料204、205之方式,配置捲繞開始端部12A。具體而言,係將片12之捲繞開始端部12A貼附於固定構件17,透過固定構件17將捲繞開始端部12A固定於捲芯11之外周面11A。After coating the
將片12之捲繞開始端部12A固定於捲芯11後,如圖19(C)所示,沿著捲芯11之外周面11A捲繞片12。若捲繞片12,則由於塗布材料203~205會流動擴展,故塗布材料203會被填充於第1間隙13,塗布材料204會被填充於第2間隙15,塗布材料205會被填充於第3間隙21,而形成被填充於第1間隙13之第1填充部14、被填充於第2間隙15之第2填充部16及被填充於第3間隙21之第3填充部22。藉此,可得到輥體20。另,為了將塗布材料203等確實地擴展並填充於第1間隙13等,當片12超過1000m之情形時,較佳將片12捲繞1000m以上,又,當片12不及1000m之情形時,則較佳捲繞片12之全長。After fixing the winding
於上述製造方法中,雖然皆是藉由捲繞片12來使塗布材料201~205流動,但亦可於捲繞片12前,預先使塗布材料201等流動。惟,若於捲繞片12前使塗布材料201等流動,則由於會增加步驟,故較佳為藉由捲繞片12來使塗布材料201~205流動。In the above-mentioned manufacturing method, although the
於上述製造方法中,雖使用分配器或注射器等塗布裝置來塗布塗布材料201~205,但亦可使用塗布裝置以及具有狹縫之模具,來塗布塗布材料201~205。藉由使用具有狹縫之模具來進行塗布材料201~205之塗布,可降低塗布材料201~205之厚度或寬度等部分變動。模具之構成材料並無特別限定,例如可列舉樹脂或金屬等。In the above-mentioned manufacturing method, although a dispenser or a syringe or other coating device is used to apply the coating materials 201-205, a coating device and a die with a slit may be used to apply the coating materials 201-205. By using a die with slits to coat the
具體而言,首先準備如圖20(A)所示般具有狹縫210A之模具210。此模具210係被用以塗布塗布材料201者。狹縫210A之長度、寬度、深度由於分別與塗布材料201之長度、寬度、厚度相同,故於此處省略說明。Specifically, first, a
準備模具210後,如圖20(B)所示,沿著捲芯11之寬度方向DR1將模具配置於捲芯11之外周面11A上。於從正上方觀看模具210時,模具210被配置成狹縫寬度方向之固定構件17側的內面與固定構件17之第2端面17B重疊或接近。After preparing the
將模具210配置於捲芯11之外周面11A上後,使用分配器或注射器等塗布裝置,如圖20(B)所示般將塗布材料201供給於狹縫210A內。塗布裝置可為分配器或注射器,但亦可為噴霧器或模塗機(die coater)。然後,視需要,以刮刀片等將存在於模具210表面之多餘的塗布材料201刮除。然後,藉由移除模具210,而可將塗布材料201配置於捲芯11之外周面11A。後續之步驟與輥體10、20之上述步驟相同。塗布材料202~205亦可以同樣之次序使用具有狹縫210A之模具210配置。After the
亦可將填充帶配置於捲芯11之外周面11A,來代替塗布塗布材料201~205。具體而言,首先如圖21(A)所示,藉由分配器或注射器等塗布裝置將塗布材料201呈帶狀地塗布於基材221之表面,而形成具備基材221與由塗布材料201構成之填充帶222的積層體220。另,此處雖由塗布材料201形成填充帶222,但填充帶若是由會因捲繞片時之壓力而擴展的材料形成,則亦可不使用塗布材料201。Instead of applying the coating materials 201-205, the filling tape may be arranged on the outer
基材221之構成材料並無特別限定,例如可列舉聚對酞酸乙二酯等聚酯系樹脂、三乙酸纖維素等纖維素系樹脂、丙烯酸系樹脂等。又,亦可使用公知之脫模膜作為基材221。當將塗布材料201塗布於基材221之表面時,較佳預先於基材221畫出對位線221A,沿著該對位線221A塗布塗布材料201。藉由預先於基材221畫出此種對位線221A,而可抑制塗布材料201之位置偏離。又,當將塗布材料201塗布於基材221之表面時,較佳於將塗布裝置固定之狀態下,使用放捲裝置,以定速放捲出基材221。藉由以定速放捲出基材221,可抑制塗布不均。The constituent material of the
形成積層體220後,如圖21(B)所示,以填充帶222接觸捲芯11之外周面11A的方式將積層體220貼附或密合於捲芯11之外周面11A。填充帶222係以接觸或接近固定構件17之第2端面17B的方式貼附或密合。然後,將基材221剝離。藉此,可將填充帶222配置於捲芯11之外周面11A。後續之步驟與輥體10、20之上述步驟相同。After the
上述中,雖形成具有1片基材及填充帶之積層體,但亦可形成具有2片基材、填充帶及厚度調節構件之積層體。具體而言,係如圖22(A)所示,藉由分配器或注射器等塗布裝置,將塗布材料201塗布於第1基材231之表面。In the above, although a laminate having one substrate and a filling tape is formed, a laminate having two substrates, a filling tape, and a thickness adjusting member may also be formed. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 22(A), the
然後,如圖22(B)所示,以夾住塗布材料201及用以使塗布材料201為期望厚度之具有期望厚度的厚度調節構件232之方式,從塗布材料201上重疊第2基材233,而形成積層體230。作為厚度調節構件232,例如可列舉間隔物或粒子等。第2基材233對於塗布材料201之剝離強度較佳小於第1基材231對於塗布材料201之剝離強度。藉由滿足此種關係,而可輕易將第2基材233剝除。第2基材233之剝離強度為使用拉伸試驗機(產品名「Single column型材料試驗機STA-1150」,A&D股份有限公司製),藉由下述測定方法測定之值。當測定剝離強度時,首先,將雙面帶(寺岡製作所股份有限公司,No.751B)貼附於縱30cm×橫2.5cm之玻璃板。另一方面,將積層體230切下成縱200mm×橫25mm之大小,以玻璃板上之雙面帶貼附第1基材231側,保持於拉伸試驗機之一對治具。然後,使拉伸試驗機之一對治具保持貼附於玻璃板之積層體230。當使治具保持積層體230時,預先用手些微將第2基材233從積層體230剝離,製作觸發物,使其中一治具保持第2基材233,另一治具保持玻璃板及積層體230。然後,於此狀態下,以剝離速度300mm/分、剝離距離50mm、剝離角度180°之條件,將第2基材233剝離,測定當時之塗布材料201與第2基材233的剝離強度。另,使剝離強度為3次測得之值的算術平均值。第1基材231之剝離強度亦與第2基材233之剝離強度同樣方式測定。作為第1基材231及第2基材233,可使用與基材221相同者。Then, as shown in FIG. 22(B), the
形成積層體230後,對積層體230施加規定之壓力。藉此,使塗布材料201之厚度成為期望之厚度。然後,將積層體230切下成帶狀。藉此,形成具有由塗布材料201構成之填充帶234的積層體230。After the
然後,如圖22(C)所示,將第2基材233剝離。然後,於此狀態下,如圖22(D)所示,以填充帶234接觸捲芯11之外周面11A的方式將積層體230貼附或密合於捲芯11之外周面11A。填充帶234係以接觸或接近固定構件17之第2端面17B的方式貼附或密合。然後,將第1基材231剝離。藉此,可將填充帶234配置於捲芯11之外周面11A。後續之步驟與輥體10、20之上述步驟相同。可以與填充帶234同樣之次序將填充帶配置於捲芯11之外周面11A,來代替塗布材料202~205。Then, as shown in FIG. 22(C), the
又,亦可使用模具來形成且轉印填充帶。藉由使用模具來轉印填充帶,可輕易地同時設置固定構件17與填充帶。具體而言,首先,如圖23(A)所示,準備模具241。模具241具有開口241A。模具241較佳為模具241之長邊方向的側面敞開成可從模具241輕易地將後述之填充帶取下。模具241例如為U字形。模具241並無特別限定,例如可由樹脂或金屬等形成。模具241之開口241A之長度、寬度、深度由於與填充帶之長度、寬度、厚度相同,故於此處省略說明。In addition, a mold may be used to form and transfer the filling tape. By using a mold to transfer the filling belt, the fixing
準備模具241後,如圖23(B)所示,將塗布材料201注入於模具241,形成填充帶242。然後,如圖23(C)所示,以填充帶242接觸捲芯11之外周面11A的方式抵壓模具241。於抵壓模具241時,當塗布材料201為藉由水分而顯示出黏著性之材料的情形時,較佳為用水將填充帶242之表面沾濕,預先使之黏化。藉由使填充帶242之表面黏化,而可使之貼附或密合於捲芯11的外周面11A。After the
然後,從填充帶242將模具241取下。藉此,可將填充帶242配置於捲芯11之外周面11A。後續之步驟與輥體10、20之上述步驟相同。可以與填充帶242同樣之次序將填充帶配置於捲芯11之外周面11A,來代替塗布材料202~205。Then, the
亦可使用平版印刷將填充帶轉印於捲芯11之外周面11A。藉由使用平版印刷,形成且轉印填充帶,可使時間管理變得容易,於設定之時間,位置精確度佳地設置填充帶。具體而言,首先,如圖24(A)所示,藉由分配器或注射器等塗布裝置將塗布材料201塗布於中間轉印體251(例如,中間轉印輥)之外周面,形成填充帶252。然後,如圖24(B)所示,藉由平版印刷法,將形成於中間轉印體251之外周面的填充帶252轉印於捲芯11之外周面11A。藉此,可將填充帶252配置於捲芯11之外周面11A。後續之步驟與輥體10、20之上述步驟相同。可以與填充帶252同樣之次序將填充帶配置於捲芯11之外周面11A,來代替塗布材料202~205。It is also possible to transfer the filling tape to the outer
若根據本實施形態,則由於在第1間隙13填充有第1填充部14,故可將第1填充部14上第1圈之片12的部分從分離位置P1朝向前端面12A1平緩地抬起。藉此,可緩和起因於片12之捲繞開始端部12A的階差。According to this embodiment, since the
若根據本實施形態,則由於在第2間隙15填充有第2填充部16,故可將第2填充部16上第1圈之片12的部分從第1端面17A朝向到達位置P2平緩地降低。藉此,可有效地緩和起因於固定構件17之階差。According to the present embodiment, since the
於輥體20中,由於在第3間隙21填充有第3填充部22,故可將第3填充部22上第1圈之片12的部分平緩地抬起。藉此,可更有效地緩和起因於固定構件17之階差。In the
若片發生變形等,則由於會在片中存在無法作為產品使用之部分,故為了確保有效長度,而對片之有效長度加以補償。亦即,若片因變形而不能成為產品之部分變長,則片損失將會增大。相對於此,若根據本實施形態,則由於可緩和起因於片12之捲繞開始端部12A的階差或起因於固定構件17、51的階差,故可抑制片12之變形。藉此,可減少片損失。If the sheet is deformed, there will be parts in the sheet that cannot be used as a product, so in order to ensure the effective length, the effective length of the sheet is compensated. That is, if the portion of the sheet that cannot be a product becomes longer due to deformation, the sheet loss will increase. On the other hand, according to the present embodiment, since the step caused by the winding
[第2實施形態] 以下,對本發明第2實施形態之輥體一邊參照圖式一邊加以說明。圖25為本實施形態之輥體的立體圖,圖26為圖25之輥體的一部分經放大之圖,圖27為用以說明圖25之輥體各構成要素的尺寸之圖,圖28為測定圖25所示之第2居間部的最大厚度及長度時之圖,圖29為顯示剖面積S3之圖。圖30~圖37為本實施形態之其他輥體的一部分經放大之圖,圖38及圖39則為示意性地顯示本實施形態之輥體的製造步驟之圖。[Second Embodiment] Hereinafter, the roller body of the second embodiment of the present invention will be described with reference to the drawings. Fig. 25 is a perspective view of the roller body of the embodiment, Fig. 26 is an enlarged view of a part of the roller body of Fig. 25, Fig. 27 is a diagram for explaining the dimensions of each component of the roller body of Fig. 25, and Fig. 28 is a measurement Fig. 25 is a diagram showing the maximum thickness and length of the second intermediate portion, and Fig. 29 is a diagram showing the cross-sectional area S3. FIGS. 30 to 37 are enlarged views of a part of other roller bodies of this embodiment, and FIGS. 38 and 39 are diagrams schematically showing the manufacturing steps of the roller body of this embodiment.
<<<輥體>>>
圖25所示之輥體70具備有捲芯11及捲繞於捲芯11之外周面11A的長條狀片12。輥體70如圖25所示,進一步具備有設置於第1圈以後之片12間的第1居間部71與第2居間部72,及用以將片12之一部分固定於捲芯11的固定構件17。片12於捲芯11捲繞複數圈,例如2圈以上。輥體70由於第1間隙13及第2間隙15為空孔,故於第1間隙13未填充有第1填充部14,且於第2間隙15未填充有第2填充部16。<<<Roll body>>>
The
<<第1居間部>>
第1居間部71係設置於第1圈以後之片12間。具體而言,第1居間部71係被位於較第1居間部71下側(捲芯11側)且與第1居間部71接觸之下側的片12與位於較第1居間部71上側且與第1居間部71接觸之上側的片12夾持。因此,於第1居間部71上,必定存在片12。又,第1居間部71雖被設置於第1圈以後之片12間,但具體而言,第1居間部71係至少被設置於第1圈以後之片12間的與第1間隙13對應之第1區域12D。又,第1居間部71延伸於捲芯11之寬度方向DR1。<<The first intermediate part>>
The first
關於第1居間部71中之上側的片12自下側的片12分離之分離位置P3(參照圖26)側的端部71A其邊緣厚度T4(參照圖27),若此厚度厚,則有起因於此厚度而形成新的階差之虞,故以較薄為佳。具體而言,例如,邊緣厚度T4較佳為50μm以下。從可縮短變形緩和長度之方面而言,邊緣厚度T4更佳為10μm以下,再更佳為2μm以下。Regarding the edge thickness T4 (refer to FIG. 27) of the
又,當片12為具有3μm以上但未達50μm之厚度的薄膜之情形時,相較於厚度厚之情形,由於較容易受到起因於捲繞開始端部12A之階差的影響,故當使用此種薄膜之情形時,邊緣厚度T4較佳為10μm以下,又,從使上述變形緩和長度為最短之方面而言,更佳為5μm以下,再更佳為1μm以下。In addition, when the
邊緣厚度T4之測定,可使用掃描型光干涉式表面形狀測定機(產品名「New View7300」,賽格公司製),藉由與邊緣厚度T1同樣之方法測定。又,亦可以下述方式測定。首先,切下包含端部71A及接觸端部71A之下側的片12與上側的片12之部分,以刀具藉由割斷或研磨而得到此部分之剖面,用立體顯微鏡(例如,產品名「Digital microscope VHX-7000」,其恩斯股份有限公司製)觀察來進行。The edge thickness T4 can be measured by using a scanning optical interference surface profile measuring machine (product name "New View7300", manufactured by SEG) by the same method as the edge thickness T1. In addition, it can also be measured in the following manner. First, cut the part including the
第1居間部71如圖26及圖27所示,具有第1部分71B與第2部分71C,該第1部分71B介於與第1間隙13對應之第1區域12D,該第2部分71C位於較第1部分71B上側的片12到達下側的片12之到達位置P4(參照圖26)側。第1居間部71不僅具有第1部分71B,且具有第2部分71C,藉此可抑制應力集中在起因於捲繞開始端部12A之階差的部分,可使上側的片12以後的片12之變形趨緩,故可緩和此階差。As shown in FIGS. 26 and 27, the first
第2部分71C之厚度T5(參照圖27)較佳為2μm以上且300μm以下。若第2部分71C之厚度T5為此範圍,則可避免對片12之捲收的不良影響,且同時可縮短上述變形緩和長度。另,當第2部分71C之厚度T3超過300μm的情形時,雖亦可縮短上述變形緩和長度,但有時對於片12之捲收會有不良影響。The thickness T5 (refer to FIG. 27) of the
第2部分71C之厚度T5設定為第2部分71C之最大厚度。第2部分71C之厚度T5,可使用掃描型光干涉式表面形狀測定機(產品名「New View7300」,賽格公司製),藉由與邊緣厚度T1同樣之方法測定。或可以下述方式測定。首先,以包含下側的片12、第2部分71C及上側的片12之部分不受到破壞的方式取出該部分,並加以固定。然後,對被固定之該部分的剖面進行研磨,以立體顯微鏡(例如,產品名「Digital microscope VHX-7000」,其恩斯股份有限公司製)測定第2部分71C之厚度T5。The thickness T5 of the
若第1居間部之厚度急遽地變化,則會因該厚度之變化部分而殘留變形,而有無法充分地緩和起因於捲繞開始端部之階差之虞。因此,較佳為相對於片之厚度,確保足夠之第1居間部的長度。惟,當因使第1居間部之長度長而產生捲收等其他影響的情形時,藉由勉強使第1居間部之長度較最佳狀態短,上述變形緩和長度會較具有最佳第1居間部長度之狀態長,但相較於不設置第1居間部,可縮短上述變形緩和長度。因此,第1居間部71從對應於前端面12A1之位置至分離位置P3側之端的長度L3相對於從捲芯11之外周面11A至捲繞開始端部12A之上表面12A2的距離D2(參照圖27)之比(長度L3/距離D2)較佳為1以上。該比從縮短上述變形緩和長度之方面而言,更佳為5以上,再更佳為50以上。If the thickness of the first intermediate portion changes abruptly, deformation will remain due to the changed portion of the thickness, and there is a possibility that the step due to the winding start end may not be sufficiently alleviated. Therefore, it is preferable to ensure a sufficient length of the first intermediate portion with respect to the thickness of the sheet. However, when the length of the first intermediate portion is made long and other effects such as curling occur, by reluctantly making the length of the first intermediate portion shorter than the optimal state, the above-mentioned deformation relaxation length will be more optimal than the first intermediate portion. The length of the intermediate portion is long, but compared with not providing the first intermediate portion, the aforementioned deformation relaxation length can be shortened. Therefore, the length L3 of the first
長度L3可以下述方式測定。首先,將下側的片12及上側的片12留下,將其以外之片12放捲出。此處,若片12為透明或半透明,則可辨認第1居間部71存在之區域。因此,使用直尺或捲尺,透射觀察片12,於片12之寬度方向測定10處從捲繞開始端部12A之前端面12A1至第1居間部71中之分離位置P3側之端的距離,求出其平均值,而求出長度L3。另一方面,當無法透射觀察片12之情形時,首先,以包含下側的片12、第1居間部71及上側的片12之部分不受到破壞的方式取出該部分。然後,將該部分加以固定後,研磨出剖面,以立體顯微鏡(例如,產品名「Digital microscope VHX-7000」,其恩斯股份有限公司製)測定從第1居間部中與前端面12A1對應之位置至分離位置側之端的距離。The length L3 can be measured in the following manner. First, the
長度L3越長越佳,但例如當片12之厚度為50μm以上且200μm以下之情形時,長度L3較佳為110μm以上,為了更加縮短上述變形緩和長度,較佳為1mm以上,更佳為10mm以上。The longer the length L3 is, the better, but for example, when the thickness of the
第1居間部71之構成材料的抗拉強度等物性,與第1填充部14之構成材料的抗拉強度等物性相同,又,構成第1居間部71之材料與第1填充部14之材料相同,故於此處省略說明。The tensile strength and other physical properties of the constituent material of the first
<<第2居間部>>
第2居間部72被設置於第1圈以後之片12間。因此,於第2居間部72上必定存在片12。又,第2居間部72雖被設置於第1圈以後之片12間,但具體而言,第2居間部72係被設置於第1圈以後之片12間的至少與第2間隙15對應之第2區域12E。又,第2居間部72延伸於捲芯11之寬度方向DR1。<<The second middle part>>
The second
第2居間部72雖被設置於與第1居間部71相同之片12間(例如,第2圈之片12與第3圈之片12之間),但第2居間部72亦可被設置於與第1居間部71不同之片12間。Although the second
第2居間部72之最大厚度T6(參照圖27、圖28)較佳為0.01mm以上。若第2居間部72之最大厚度T6為0.01mm以上,則可有效地緩和起因於固定構件17之階差。最大厚度T6從更有效地緩和上述階差之觀點,更佳為0.02mm以上、0.03mm以上或0.04mm以上。另一方面,若最大厚度T6過厚,則雖可緩和起因於捲繞開始端部12A之階差,但有時會對片12之捲收造成不良影響。因此,最大厚度T6之上限較佳為0.2mm以下或0.1mm以下。The maximum thickness T6 (refer to FIGS. 27 and 28) of the second
最大厚度T6可使用雷射位移計或立體顯微鏡,藉由與厚度T2同樣之方法測定。當以雷射位移計測定最大厚度T6之情形時,首先,與厚度T2等之測定同樣地,將輥體70安裝於治具且將3台雷射位移計配置於規定之位置後,從輥體70接連放出片12至露出第2居間部72。然後,於露出第2居間部72之狀態下,以旋轉速度30mm/s旋轉捲芯11,且同時藉由雷射位移計以抽樣週期200μs連續地測定位移量,得到以橫軸為位置(mm),縱軸為位移量(mm)之圖表。此測定係從第2居間部72其固定構件17側之第1前端72A相反側的第2前端72B朝向第1前端72A進行,於此測定時,係將基準高度(位移量0mm線)作為捲芯11之高度,將基準高度與第2居間部72之高度差作為第2居間部72之厚度。然後,求出位移量0mm線與於位移量最高之位置的位移量之差,藉此求出第2居間部72之最大厚度T6。所得到之圖表實質上表示包含片之長邊方向及捲芯之徑向的平面。又,此圖表係使橫軸之1個刻度為5mm,縱軸之1個刻度為0.02mm。於圖27中,第1前端72A存在於固定構件17之正上方。The maximum thickness T6 can be measured by the same method as the thickness T2 using a laser displacement meter or a stereo microscope. When measuring the maximum thickness T6 with a laser displacement meter, first, as with the measurement of the thickness T2, etc., the
以立體顯微鏡測定最大厚度T6,可以下述方式進行。首先,以包含下側的片12、第2居間部72及上側的片12之部分不受到破壞的方式取出該部分,並加以固定。然後,對被固定之該部分的剖面進行研磨,以立體顯微鏡(例如,產品名「Digital microscope VHX-7000」,其恩斯股份有限公司製)測定第2居間部72之最大厚度T6。The measurement of the maximum thickness T6 with a stereo microscope can be performed in the following manner. First, the part including the
於沿著片12之長邊方向DR2測得第2居間部72之厚度時,於長邊方向DR2上從第2居間部72之第2前端72B至為第2居間部72之最大厚度T6的位置之長度L4(參照圖27)相對於第2居間部72之最大厚度T6(參照圖27、圖28)的比(長度L4/最大厚度T6),較佳為12以上。若該比為12以上,則可抑制於第2居間部72之第2前端72B附近殘留變形,又,若第2居間部之厚度過厚,則亦有時會於捲收時因偏離正圓等而使得捲收性差,但若該比為12以上,則由於第2居間部72亦不會過厚,故可抑制捲收性差。又,若第2居間部之厚度過厚,則亦有產生起因於第2居間部之新的變形之虞,但若該比為12以上,則可抑制產生此種新的變形。該比之下限從縮短上述變形緩和長度之方面而言,較佳為25以上、50以上、75以上、100以上、125以上、150以上、175以上或200以上。從有效地緩和起因於上述固定構件之階差的觀點,第2居間部72之最大厚度T6較厚為佳,故該比之上限,例如較佳為2000以下、1000以下、500以下或375以下。When the thickness of the second
長度L4從緩和上述階差之觀點,越長越佳,例如,當片12之厚度為50μm以上且200μm以下的情形時,長度L4較佳為5.0mm以上,為了更加縮短上述變形緩和長度,更佳為7.0mm以上,再更佳為9.0mm以上。惟,若長度L4過長,則在加工上,於第2居間部從第2前端72B至為最大厚度T6之位置的區域R3(參照圖28)中,難以形成表面為凸狀之第2居間部,又,有於第2居間部發生波浪狀厚度不均之虞,故從區域R3中之第2居間部72的表面72C容易成為凸狀,且抑制波浪狀厚度不均之觀點,長度L4之上限較佳為20mm以下。From the viewpoint of alleviating the above-mentioned level difference, the length L4 is as long as possible. For example, when the thickness of the
長度L4與最大厚度T6同樣地,可從位置位移曲線之圖表求得。具體而言,首先,若存在第2居間部72之第2前端72B,則位移量會上升,故會從位置位移曲線之圖表找到第1位置,該第1位置為位移量開始上升之部位中的位移量0mm線與位置位移曲線之交點。接著,畫出通過上述位移量為最高之位置且垂直於位移量0mm線的虛擬線。然後,將此虛擬線與位移量0mm線之交點作為第2位置,求出第1位置與第2位置之距離,藉此可求得長度L4。Like the maximum thickness T6, the length L4 can be obtained from the graph of the position displacement curve. Specifically, first, if there is the
上述長度L4/最大厚度T6雖可概括地表示第2居間部72之形狀,但若要更適當地表示表面72C為凸狀之形狀,較佳為進一步使用第2居間部72之剖面積。具體而言,包含片12之長邊方向DR2及捲芯11之徑向DR3的平面(圖28所表示之平面)中從第2前端72B至為最大厚度T6之位置的第2居間部72之剖面積S3相對於第2居間部72之最大厚度T6(參照圖28)的比(剖面積S3/最大厚度T6)較佳為2.5以上。若該比為2.5以上,則由於第2居間部72之剖面積S3大於最大厚度T6,故可以第2居間部72將片12有效地抬起,藉此可更加緩和上述階差。剖面積S3/最大厚度T6之下限從進一步緩和上述階差的觀點,較佳為3.0以上、3.5以上、4.0以上、5.0以上、5.5以上、6.0以上、6.5以上或7.0以上。又,剖面積S3/最大厚度T6之上限並無特別限定,例如可為20.0以下、17.5以下、15.0以下或12.5以下、10.0以下。剖面積S3為第2居間部72之區域R3的剖面積(於圖29中,第2居間部72之中以實線圍繞之區域的剖面積),可求出位置位移曲線之圖表從第1位置至第2位置之區域中在各測定點的厚度與每個測定點間的寬度之積,將其合計,藉此而求得。Although the above-mentioned length L4/maximum thickness T6 can generally represent the shape of the second
第2居間部72之構成材料的抗拉強度等物性,與第2填充部16之構成材料的抗拉強度等物性相同,又,構成第2居間部72之材料與第2填充部16之材料相同,故於此處省略說明。The physical properties such as tensile strength of the constituent material of the second
如後述,於徑向DR3上較第1居間部71或第2居間部72更外側之片12(上側的片12),雖可抑制起因於片12之捲繞開始端部12A的階差或起因於固定構件17的階差,但於徑向DR3上較第1居間部71或第2居間部72更內側(捲芯11側)之片12(下側的片12),並無法抑制起因於片12之捲繞開始端部12A的階差或起因於固定構件17的階差。因此,第1居間部71或第2居間部72較佳盡可能地設置於徑向DR3之內側(例如,第1圈之片12與第2圈之片12之間,或第2圈之片12與第3圈之片12之間)。As will be described later, in the radial direction DR3, the sheet 12 (the upper sheet 12) on the outer side of the first
<<他之輥體>>
關於輥體70,片12之捲繞開始端部12A的前端面12A1與固定構件17之第2端面17B於沿著片12之長邊方向DR2及捲芯11之徑向DR3的剖面中大致對齊,但亦可如圖30所示之輥體80,片12之捲繞開始端部12A的前端面12A1較固定構件17之第2端面17B突出。此情形時,可不僅於片12間之第2區域12E中插入有第2居間部72,且亦於片12間與第2端面17B側之第3間隙21對應的第3區域12F插入有第3居間部81。<<His roller body>>
Regarding the
<第3居間部>
第3居間部81除了介於與第3間隙21對應之第3區域12F以外,其餘皆與第2居間部72相同,故於此處省略說明。<The third intermediate part>
The third
輥體70雖於片12間之第2區域12E設置有第2居間部72,但從緩和起因於片12之捲繞開始端部12A的階差之觀點,由於若在片12間之第1區域12D設置有第1居間部71即可,故如圖31所示之輥體90般,亦可不於片12間之第2區域12E設置第2居間部72。圖31所示之輥體90,於第2區域12E中,片12彼此密合。Although the
輥體70雖於片12間之第1區域12D設置有第1居間部71,但從緩和起因於固定構件17之階差的觀點,由於在片12間之第2區域12E設置有第2居間部72即可,故如圖32所示之輥體100般,亦可不於片12間之第1區域12D設置第1居間部71。圖32所示之輥體100,於第1區域12D中,片12彼此密合。Although the
輥體70雖具備有第1居間部71,但亦可如圖33所示之輥體110般,設置第1填充部14來代替第1居間部71。亦即,可於第1間隙13填充有第1填充部14,且於片12間之第2區域12E設置有第2居間部72。Although the
輥體110之第2居間部72雖被設置於第2圈之片12與第3圈之片12之間,但亦可如圖34所示之輥體120般,於第1圈之片12與第2圈之片12之間設置有第2居間部72。Although the second
輥體70雖具備有第2居間部72,但亦可如圖35所示之輥體130般,設置第2填充部16來代替第2居間部72。亦即,可於片12間之第1區域12D設置有第1居間部71,且於第2間隙15填充有第2填充部16。Although the
輥體70雖具備有將片12固定於捲芯11之外周面11A的固定構件17,但亦可如圖36所示之輥體140般,不具備有固定構件17。Although the
輥體70雖片12之厚度均一,但亦可如圖37所示之輥體150般,於沿著片12之長邊方向延伸的兩端部12G分別形成有向捲芯11之徑向DR3之外側突出的凸部12H。當填充材料(例如,塗布材料)、第1居間部71、第2居間部72或第3居間部81之黏度低的情形時或片之厚度均一的情形時,有填充材料(例如,塗布材料等)從片間溢出而於非預期部位存在有填充材料等之虞。相對於此,藉由在片12之上述兩端部12G分別形成凸部12H,而可於配置填充材料後,例如於塗布塗布材料後,可抑制兩端部12G中之填充材料(例如,塗布材料等)溢出。另,片12之兩端部12G由於為會被切下,不作為產品使用之部分,故即使於片之兩端部12G具有此種凸部12H,對於產品亦不會有任何問題。凸部12H可藉由滾紋加工或塗布來形成,又亦可貼附帶(例如,側帶(side tape))來形成。為塗布之情形時,可使用與第1填充部14之材料同樣的材料。Although the thickness of the
於圖37所示之輥體150中,雖於片12之所有兩端部12G的部分皆設置有凸部12H,但亦可部分地設置凸部12H。例如,凸部12H亦可部分地設置於沿著片12之長邊方向延伸的兩端部12G中夾持第1居間部71的位置、沿著片12之長邊方向延伸的兩端部12G中夾持第2居間部72的位置,及/或沿著片12之長邊方向延伸的兩端部12G中夾持第3居間部81的位置。當凸部12H存在於夾持第1居間部71之位置的情形時,可抑制填充材料(例如,塗布材料)溢出或第1居間部71突出,當凸部12H存在於夾持第2居間部72之位置的情形時,可抑制填充材料(例如,塗布材料)溢出或第2居間部72突出,而當凸部12H存在於夾持第3居間部81之位置的情形時,則可抑制填充材料(例如,塗布材料)溢出或第3居間部81突出。In the
於圖31~圖36中,雖未顯示出距離D2、長度L3、長度L4、最大厚度T6、剖面積S3,但當存在第1居間部71之情形時,距離D2、長度L3、長度L3/距離D2與輥體70之情形相同,又,當存在第2居間部72之情形時,長度L4、長度L4/最大厚度T6、剖面積S3/最大厚度T6與輥體70之情形相同。In FIGS. 31 to 36, although the distance D2, length L3, length L4, maximum thickness T6, and cross-sectional area S3 are not shown, when the first
又,於圖33、圖34中,固定構件17之表面雖全部密合於捲繞開始端部12A,但亦可與圖8所示之輥體10同樣地,第1填充部14進入於捲繞開始端部12A與固定構件17之間。In addition, in FIGS. 33 and 34, although the surface of the fixing
<<輥體之製造方法>>
輥體70例如可藉由以下之方法製造。首先,如圖38(A)所示,沿著捲芯11之寬度方向DR1,將固定構件17配置於捲芯11之外周面11A。<<Method of manufacturing roll body>>
The
於配置固定構件17後,如圖38(B)所示,以片12之捲繞開始端部12A中的前端面12A1與固定構件17之第2端面17B大致對齊之方式,透過固定構件17將片12之捲繞開始端部12A固定於捲芯11之外周面11A。After the fixing
將片12之捲繞開始端部12A固定於捲芯11之外周面11A後,如圖38(C)所示,沿著捲芯11之外周面11A將片12捲繞至少1圈。藉此,可得到具有第1間隙13及第2間隙15之中間輥體73。After fixing the winding
於得到中間輥體73後,如圖39(A)所示,沿著捲芯11之寬度方向DR1,於構成中間輥體73之外周面73A的片12之表面12I塗布塗布材料206、207。塗布材料206至少被塗布於與第1間隙13對應之第1區域12D,而塗布材料207至少被塗布於與第2間隙15對應之第2區域12E。塗布材料74、75由於與塗布材料201、202相同,故於此處省略說明。After the
於塗布塗布材料206、207後,如圖39(B)所示,再次將片12捲繞於捲芯11。由於塗布材料206、207會因此而流動擴展,故塗布材料206會被設置於片12間之第1區域12D,且塗布材料207會被設置於片12間之第2區域12E,而形成第1居間部71及第2居間部72。藉此,可得到輥體70。另,當塗布材料206、207之至少一者為硬化性材料的情形時,於再次捲繞片12後,使硬化性材料硬化。After coating the
於輥體70之製造方法中,雖未使用具有狹縫210A之模具210來進行塗布材料206、207之塗布,但亦可與第1實施形態同樣地,使用具有狹縫210A之模具210來進行塗布材料206、207之塗布。又,亦可藉由與第1實施形態同樣之方法,以填充片代替塗布材料206、207,來形成第1居間部71及第2居間部72。In the manufacturing method of the
若根據本實施形態,由於在片12間之第1區域12D設置有第1居間部71,故可將第1居間部71上之片12的部分朝向前端面12A1側平緩地抬起。藉此,可有效地緩和起因於片12之捲繞開始端部12A的階差。According to this embodiment, since the first
若根據本實施形態,由於在片12間之第2區域12E設置有第2居間部72,故可將第2居間部72上之片12的部分平緩地抬起。藉此,可有效地緩和起因於固定構件17的階差。According to this embodiment, since the second
又,由於可緩和起因於片12之捲繞開始端部12A的階差或起因於固定構件17的階差,故可抑制片12之變形。In addition, since the level difference caused by the winding
若於第1間隙填充第1填充部,且於第2間隙填充第2填充部,則第1填充部或第2填充部有時會流動於未施加壓力之部分。相對於此,於本實施形態中,由於將第1居間部71或第2居間部72設置在片12間,故構成第1居間部71或第2居間部72之材料不易流動,而難以溢出。
[實施例]If the first filling part is filled in the first gap and the second filling part is filled in the second gap, the first filling part or the second filling part may flow in a portion where no pressure is applied. In contrast, in the present embodiment, since the first
為了詳細說明本發明,以下列舉實施例進行說明,但本發明並不限定於此等記載。圖40(A)為表示實施例7之輥體其相對於第1填充部周邊之位置的位移量之圖表,圖40(B)為表示實施例8之輥體其相對於第1填充部周邊之位置的位移量之圖表,圖40(C)則為表示實施例9之輥體其相對於第1填充部周邊之位置的位移量之圖表。In order to explain the present invention in detail, examples are given below for description, but the present invention is not limited to these descriptions. Fig. 40(A) is a graph showing the displacement of the roller body of Example 7 relative to the periphery of the first filling portion, and Fig. 40(B) is a graph showing the amount of displacement of the roller body of Example 8 relative to the periphery of the first filling portion Fig. 40(C) is a graph showing the displacement of the roller body of Example 9 with respect to the position of the periphery of the first filling part.
<硬塗層用組成物之調製> 首先,以成為下述所示之組成的方式摻合各成分,得到硬塗層用組成物1。<Preparation of composition for hard coating> First, each component is blended so that it may become a composition shown below, and the composition 1 for hard-coat layers is obtained.
(硬塗層用組成物1)
・新戊四醇三丙烯酸酯(產品名「KAYARAD-PET-30」,日本化藥股份有限公司製):60質量份
・光聚合起始劑(1-羥基環己基苯基酮,產品名「Omnirad184」,IGM Resins B.V.公司製):5質量份
・聚矽氧系調平劑(產品名「SEIKABEAM10-28」,大日精化工業股份有限公司製,固形物成分10%):0.1質量份
・二氧化矽粒子(產品名「SIRMIBK-H84」,CIK-NANO TEK股份有限公司製,平均粒徑30nm,固形物成分30%):3質量份
・甲基異丁基酮(MIBK):80質量份
・環己酮:20質量份(Composition 1 for hard coat layer)
・Neopentaerythritol triacrylate (product name "KAYARAD-PET-30", manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.): 60 parts by mass
・Photopolymerization initiator (1-hydroxycyclohexyl phenyl ketone, product name "Omnirad 184", manufactured by IGM Resins B.V.): 5 parts by mass
・Polysiloxane-based leveling agent (product name "SEIKABEAM10-28", manufactured by Dainichi Seiki Kogyo Co., Ltd.,
<實施例1> 首先,於內徑153mm,外徑167mm及寬度1600mm之纖維強化塑膠製之圓筒狀捲芯的外周面,沿著捲芯寬度方向貼附作為固定構件之長度1380mm、寬度20mm及厚度10μm的長方形雙面帶。<Example 1> First, on the outer peripheral surface of a cylindrical core made of fiber-reinforced plastic with an inner diameter of 153mm, an outer diameter of 167mm and a width of 1600mm, a rectangle with a length of 1380mm, a width of 20mm and a thickness of 10μm is attached along the core width direction as a fixing member Double-sided tape.
於貼附雙面帶後,以捲收裝置之夾持構件保持捲芯,固定於捲收裝置。然後,以分別接觸雙面帶之沿著捲芯寬度方向延伸的第1端面及第2端面之方式,於25℃之環境下,塗布2條單液硬化性聚矽氧樹脂組成物(產品名「Hapio Seal PRO HG」,Kanpe Hapio股份有限公司製)作為塗布材料。此聚矽氧樹脂組成物之顏色為灰色。又,此聚矽氧樹脂組成物塗布時之剪切黏度分別為180Pa・s,聚矽氧樹脂組成物係以沿著捲芯寬度方向且每單位寬度之塗布量為1cm3 /m的方式分別被塗布成直線狀。After attaching the double-sided tape, the winding core is held by the clamping member of the winding device and fixed to the winding device. Then, in a manner of contacting the first end surface and the second end surface of the double-sided tape extending in the width direction of the core, at 25°C, two single-liquid curable silicone resin compositions (product name "Hapio Seal PRO HG", manufactured by Kanpe Hapio Co., Ltd.) as a coating material. The color of the silicone resin composition is gray. In addition, the shear viscosity of the silicone resin composition during coating is 180 Pa·s, respectively. The silicone resin composition is along the width direction of the core and the coating amount per unit width is 1 cm 3 /m. It is coated in a straight line.
然後,將作為片之長度3000m、寬度1340mm及厚度80μm之丙烯酸樹脂膜(面內相位差Re:5nm)其長邊方向的捲繞開始端部沿著捲芯寬度方向貼附於雙面帶,而將丙烯酸樹脂膜固定於捲芯之外周面。另,丙烯酸樹脂膜係配置成丙烯酸樹脂膜其捲繞開始端部之長邊方向的前端面與聚矽氧樹脂組成物接觸,且於捲芯之徑向上與雙面帶之第2端面大致對齊。Then, an acrylic resin film with a length of 3000m, a width of 1340mm and a thickness of 80μm (in-plane retardation Re: 5nm), which is a sheet, was affixed to the double-sided tape along the core width direction at the winding start end in the longitudinal direction. The acrylic resin film is fixed on the outer peripheral surface of the winding core. In addition, the acrylic resin film is arranged such that the front end surface of the acrylic resin film in the longitudinal direction of the winding start end is in contact with the silicone resin composition, and is approximately aligned with the second end surface of the double-sided tape in the radial direction of the core. .
然後,將所有丙烯酸樹脂膜藉由捲收裝置捲繞於捲芯,在位於捲芯與第1圈丙烯酸樹脂膜之間且與丙烯酸樹脂膜其捲繞開始端部之前端面接觸的第1間隙填充聚矽氧樹脂組成物,且在位於捲芯與第1圈丙烯酸樹脂膜之間且與雙面帶之第1端面接觸的第2間隙填充聚矽氧樹脂組成物。藉此,得到輥體。於輥體中,聚矽氧樹脂組成物硬化,而形成填充於第1間隙之長度20mm、寬度1340mm及最大厚度300μm的第1填充部與填充於第2間隙之長度20mm、寬度1340mm及最大厚度300μm的第2填充部。Then, all the acrylic resin film is wound on the core by a winding device, and the first gap between the core and the first turn of the acrylic film and in contact with the end surface of the acrylic resin film before the winding start end is filled. The silicone resin composition is filled with the silicone resin composition in the second gap located between the winding core and the first turn of the acrylic resin film and in contact with the first end surface of the double-sided tape. In this way, a roller body is obtained. In the roller body, the silicone resin composition is hardened to form a first filling portion with a length of 20mm, a width of 1340mm and a maximum thickness of 300μm filled in the first gap and a length of 20mm, width of 1340mm and maximum thickness filled in the second gap 300μm second filling part.
聚矽氧樹脂組成物之剪切黏度,係使用Anton Paar Japan股份有限公司製之動態黏彈性測定裝置測定。具體而言,聚矽氧樹脂組成物之剪切黏度係藉由使用直徑25mm之平行板,於25℃測定剪切速率1[1/s]時之剪切黏度而求得。聚矽氧樹脂組成物之黏度,係測定聚矽氧樹脂組成物之黏度10次,從測得之10個黏度中去除最大值與最小值,求出其餘8個剪切黏度之算術平均值,藉此而求得。於以下之其他實施例所使用的塗布材料之剪切黏度,亦與實施例1同樣方式測得。The shear viscosity of the silicone resin composition was measured using a dynamic viscoelasticity measuring device manufactured by Anton Paar Japan Co., Ltd. Specifically, the shear viscosity of the silicone resin composition is obtained by measuring the shear viscosity at a shear rate of 1 [1/s] at 25°C using a parallel plate with a diameter of 25 mm. The viscosity of the silicone resin composition is measured by measuring the viscosity of the
丙烯酸樹脂膜之面內相位差Re,係使用相位差膜/光學材料檢查裝置(產品名「RETS-100」,大塚電子股份有限公司製)測定。具體而言,首先,為了使RETS-100之光源穩定,於打開光源後,放置60分鐘以上。然後,選擇旋轉檢偏鏡法,且進行θ模式(角度方向相位差測定模式)選擇。載台因選擇此θ模式而成為傾斜旋轉載台。The in-plane retardation Re of the acrylic resin film was measured using a retardation film/optical material inspection device (product name "RETS-100", manufactured by Otsuka Electronics Co., Ltd.). Specifically, first, in order to stabilize the light source of RETS-100, after turning on the light source, let it stand for more than 60 minutes. Then, the rotating analyzer method is selected, and the θ mode (angle direction phase difference measurement mode) is selected. The stage becomes an inclined rotating stage due to the selection of this θ mode.
接著,於RETS-100輸入以下之測定條件。 (測定條件) ・延遲測定範圍:旋轉檢偏鏡法 ・測定點直徑:5mm ・傾斜角度範圍:-40°~40° ・測定波長範圍:400nm~800nm ・樣品之平均折射率:1.5 ・厚度:80μmNext, enter the following measurement conditions in RETS-100. (Measurement conditions) ・Delay measurement range: Rotating analyzer method ・Measurement point diameter: 5mm ・Inclination angle range: -40°~40° ・Measurement wavelength range: 400nm~800nm ・Average refractive index of sample: 1.5 ・Thickness: 80μm
接著,在不將樣品設置於此裝置下,得到背景資料。裝置設定為封閉系統,於每次打開光源時皆實施此動作。Then, without setting the sample under this device, get background information. The device is set to a closed system, and this action is implemented every time the light source is turned on.
然後,將樣品設置於此裝置內之載台上。樣品之大小設定為50mm×50mm。Then, set the sample on the stage in the device. The size of the sample is set to 50mm×50mm.
設置樣品後,於溫度23℃及相對濕度50%之環境下,在XY平面使載台旋轉360°,測定快軸及慢軸。測定結束後,選擇慢軸。然後,以慢軸為中心,使載台傾斜至設定之角度範圍,且同時進行測定,以每10°得到設定傾斜角度範圍及設定波長範圍之數據(Re)。面內相位差Re於位置不同之5點測定。具體而言,如圖2所示,於樣品之中心A1及點A2~A4合計5點測定。然後,從5點之測定值中去除最大值與最小值,將其餘3點之算術平均值作為面內相位差Re。After setting the sample, in an environment with a temperature of 23°C and a relative humidity of 50%, the stage is rotated 360° on the XY plane to measure the fast axis and the slow axis. After the measurement is over, select the slow axis. Then, with the slow axis as the center, the stage is tilted to the set angle range, and measurement is performed at the same time, and the data (Re) of the set tilt angle range and the set wavelength range are obtained every 10°. The in-plane phase difference Re is measured at 5 points at different positions. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 2, a total of 5 points were measured at the center A1 and points A2 to A4 of the sample. Then, remove the maximum and minimum values from the measured values at 5 points, and use the arithmetic average of the remaining 3 points as the in-plane phase difference Re.
<實施例2> 於實施例2中,除了使用雙液硬化性聚矽氧橡膠組成物(產品名「KE-24」,信越化學股份有限公司製)來代替用以形成第1填充部及第2填充部之聚矽氧樹脂組成物以外,其餘皆以與實施例1同樣方式得到輥體。此聚矽氧橡膠組成物於混合時為白色,又,聚矽氧橡膠組成物塗布時之剪切黏度為75Pa・s。<Example 2> In Example 2, in addition to the use of a two-component curable silicone rubber composition (product name "KE-24", manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.) instead of the polymer used to form the first filling part and the second filling part The roller body was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1 except for the silicone resin composition. The silicone rubber composition is white when mixed, and the shear viscosity of the silicone rubber composition when it is coated is 75 Pa·s.
<實施例3> 於實施例3中,除了使用雙液硬化性聚矽氧橡膠組成物(產品名「ELASTOSIL(註冊商標) M 4503」,wacker asahikasei silicone股份有限公司製,縮合硬化性)來代替用以形成第1填充部及第2填充部之聚矽氧樹脂組成物以外,其餘皆以與實施例1同樣方式得到輥體。此聚矽氧橡膠組成物於混合時為白色,又,此聚矽氧橡膠組成物塗布時之剪切黏度為40Pa・s。並且,此聚矽氧橡膠組成物不含有揮發成分或接著成分。<Example 3> In Example 3, in addition to using a two-component curable silicone rubber composition (product name "ELASTOSIL (registered trademark) M 4503", manufactured by Wacker Asahikasei Silicone Co., Ltd., condensation hardening) instead of forming the first The roller body was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1 except for the silicone resin composition of the filling part and the second filling part. The silicone rubber composition is white when mixed, and the shear viscosity of the silicone rubber composition when it is coated is 40 Pa·s. In addition, this silicone rubber composition does not contain volatile components or contiguous components.
於進行以剝離速度10mm/分將實施例3之輥體中之第1填充部的構成材料相對於捲芯之外周面垂直地剝離的90°剝離試驗時,以0.2N之拉力剝離構成材料。In a 90° peel test in which the constituent material of the first filling portion in the roll body of Example 3 was peeled perpendicularly to the outer peripheral surface of the core at a peeling speed of 10 mm/min, the constituent material was peeled off with a tensile force of 0.2N.
上述90°剝離試驗係使用樣品及彈簧式張力計(大場計器製作所股份有限公司製)進行。具體而言,首先準備較樣品尺寸大之模具,將此模具配置於捲芯之外周面。然後,將雙液硬化性聚矽氧橡膠組成物(產品名「ELASTOSIL(註冊商標) M 4503」,wacker asahikasei silicone股份有限公司製,縮合硬化性)注入於此模具,使之硬化,而得到材料層。然後,將材料層從模具取下,且藉由切割機將材料層切下成20mm×100mm之大小,得到設置於捲芯之外周面的樣品。然後,藉由彈簧式張力計保持樣品之一端,於溫度25℃,相對濕度50%之環境下,測定拉力,且同時相對於捲芯之外周面垂直地拉起前述一端,以剝離速度10mm/秒將樣品剝離。然後,從經進行90°剝離試驗之10個樣品中去除拉力最大之樣品與最小之樣品,將其餘8個樣品之拉力的算術平均值作為上述構成材料之拉力。The above-mentioned 90° peel test was performed using a sample and a spring tension meter (manufactured by Oba Keiki Co., Ltd.). Specifically, first prepare a mold larger than the sample size, and arrange this mold on the outer peripheral surface of the core. Then, a two-component curable silicone rubber composition (product name "ELASTOSIL (registered trademark) M 4503", manufactured by Wacker Asahikasei Silicone Co., Ltd., condensation hardening) is injected into this mold and cured to obtain a material Floor. Then, the material layer was removed from the mold, and the material layer was cut into a size of 20 mm×100 mm by a cutting machine to obtain a sample set on the outer peripheral surface of the core. Then, one end of the sample was held by a spring tension meter, and the tensile force was measured under an environment of
實施例3之輥體中之第1填充部的構成材料之抗拉強度為3.5MPa,割斷時伸長率為450%,撕裂強度為12.0N/mm。又,以Durometer type A測得之第1填充部之構成材料的硬度為28°,第1填充部之構成材料的線收縮率為0.10%。The tensile strength of the constituent material of the first filling portion in the roll body of Example 3 was 3.5 MPa, the elongation at break was 450%, and the tear strength was 12.0 N/mm. In addition, the hardness of the constituent material of the first filling part measured by Durometer type A was 28°, and the linear shrinkage rate of the constituent material of the first filling part was 0.10%.
第1填充部之構成材料的抗拉強度,係依照JIS K6251:2017,使用樣品及Tensilon萬能試驗機(產品名「RTC-1310A」,艾安得股份有限公司製)測定。具體而言,首先,準備較樣品尺寸大之模具,將此模具配置於捲芯之外周面。然後,將用以形成第1填充部之雙液硬化性聚矽氧橡膠組成物(產品名「ELASTOSIL(註冊商標) M 4503」,wacker asahikasei silicone股份有限公司製,縮合硬化性)注入於此模具,使之硬化,而得到材料層。然後,將材料層從模具取下,且藉由高分子計器股份有限公司製之拉伸2號形啞鈴狀衝孔刀片,將材料層衝壓成JIS K6251:2017所記載之啞鈴狀2號形的大小,而得到樣品。然後,將樣品於25℃之環境下保持24小時。然後,使上述Tensilon萬能試驗機之一對夾具抓持樣品長邊方向之兩端部,於溫度25℃,相對濕度50%之環境下,以初始夾具間距離20mm及拉伸速度100mm/分之條件進行拉伸試驗,測定樣品之抗拉強度。然後,從10個樣品中去除最大值及最小值,將其餘8個樣品之抗拉強度的算術平均值作為上述構成材料之抗拉強度。The tensile strength of the constituent material of the first filling part is measured in accordance with JIS K6251:2017, using a sample and Tensilon universal testing machine (product name "RTC-1310A", manufactured by Iontech Co., Ltd.). Specifically, first, a mold larger than the sample size is prepared, and the mold is placed on the outer peripheral surface of the core. Then, the two-component curable silicone rubber composition (product name "ELASTOSIL (registered trademark) M 4503", manufactured by Wacker Asahikasei Silicone Co., Ltd., condensation hardening) used to form the first filling part is injected into the mold , Make it harden, and get the material layer. Then, the material layer is removed from the mold, and the material layer is punched into a dumbbell-shaped No. 2 shape as described in JIS K6251: 2017 by using a stretched No. 2 dumbbell-shaped punching blade manufactured by Kobe Keiki Co., Ltd. Size, and get the sample. Then, the sample was kept at 25°C for 24 hours. Then, one of the above-mentioned Tensilon universal testing machines is used to grasp the both ends of the sample in the longitudinal direction of the clamps, and the initial distance between clamps is 20mm and the tensile speed is 100mm/min under the environment of
第1填充部之構成材料的割斷時伸長率,係依照JIS K6251:2017,使用樣品及Tensilon萬能試驗機(產品名「RTC-1310A」,艾安得股份有限公司製),與抗拉強度之測定方法同樣方式進行測定。然後,從10個樣品中去除最大值及最小值,將其餘8個樣品之割斷時伸長率的算術平均值作為上述構成材料之割斷時伸長率。The elongation at break of the constituent material of the first filling part is based on JIS K6251:2017, using a sample and Tensilon universal testing machine (product name "RTC-1310A", manufactured by Iande Co., Ltd.), and the tensile strength The measurement method is measured in the same way. Then, the maximum and minimum values are removed from the 10 samples, and the arithmetic average of the elongation at break of the remaining 8 samples is taken as the elongation at break of the above-mentioned constituent material.
第1填充部之構成材料的撕裂強度,係依照JIS K6252:2007,使用樣品及Tensilon萬能試驗機(產品名「RTC-1310A」,艾安得股份有限公司股份有限公司製),與抗拉強度之測定方法同樣方式進行測定。然後,從10個樣品中去除最大值及最小值,將其餘8個樣品之撕裂強度的算術平均值作為上述構成材料之撕裂強度。The tear strength of the constituent material of the first filling part is based on JIS K6252: 2007, using a sample and Tensilon universal testing machine (product name "RTC-1310A", manufactured by Iande Co., Ltd.), and tensile strength The measuring method of intensity is measured in the same way. Then, the maximum and minimum values are removed from the 10 samples, and the arithmetic average of the tear strength of the remaining 8 samples is used as the tear strength of the above-mentioned constituent materials.
第1填充部之構成材料以Durometer type A的硬度測定,係依照JIS K6253:1997測定。具體而言,首先,準備較樣品尺寸大之模具,將此模具配置於捲芯之外周面。然後,將用以形成第1填充部之雙液硬化性聚矽氧橡膠組成物(產品名「ELASTOSIL(註冊商標) M 4503」,wacker asahikasei silicone股份有限公司製,縮合硬化性)注入於此模具,並視需要使之硬化,而得到材料層。然後,將材料層從模具取下,且藉由切割機等切下材料層,而得到大小100mm×100mm,厚度10mm之樣品。然後,使用Durometer type A(產品名「GS-719N(TYPEA)」,Teclock股份有限公司製),於溫度25℃,相對濕度50%之環境下測定硬度。然後,從10個樣品中去除最大值及最小值,將其餘8個樣品之硬度的算術平均值作為上述構成材料之硬度。The constituent material of the first filling part is measured with Durometer type A hardness, which is measured in accordance with JIS K6253:1997. Specifically, first, a mold larger than the sample size is prepared, and the mold is placed on the outer peripheral surface of the core. Then, the two-component curable silicone rubber composition (product name "ELASTOSIL (registered trademark) M 4503", manufactured by Wacker Asahikasei Silicone Co., Ltd., condensation hardening) used to form the first filling part is injected into the mold , And harden it as necessary to obtain a material layer. Then, the material layer is removed from the mold, and the material layer is cut by a cutting machine or the like to obtain a sample with a size of 100 mm×100 mm and a thickness of 10 mm. Then, using Durometer type A (product name "GS-719N (TYPEA)", manufactured by Teclock Co., Ltd.), the hardness was measured in an environment with a temperature of 25°C and a relative humidity of 50%. Then, the maximum and minimum values are removed from the 10 samples, and the arithmetic average of the hardness of the remaining 8 samples is taken as the hardness of the above-mentioned constituent materials.
第1填充部之線收縮率可以下述方式測定。首先,準備厚度2mm,130mm見方之大小的模具,將用以形成第1填充部之雙液硬化性聚矽氧橡膠組成物(產品名「ELASTOSIL(註冊商標) M 4503」,wacker asahikasei silicone股份有限公司製,縮合硬化性)注入於此模具,使之硬化,而得到樣品(成形物)。完全硬化後,測定樣品之尺寸,與模具內側之尺寸比較,基於JIS K6249:2003求出線收縮率。從10個樣品中去除最大值及最小值,將其餘8個樣品之線收縮率的算術平均值作為上述構成材料之線收縮率。The linear shrinkage rate of the first filling part can be measured in the following manner. First, prepare a mold with a thickness of 2mm and a size of 130mm square to form the two-component curable silicone rubber composition of the first filling part (product name "ELASTOSIL (registered trademark) M 4503", Wacker Asahikasei Silicone Co., Ltd.) Company-made, condensation hardening) is injected into this mold and hardened to obtain a sample (molded product). After being completely cured, measure the size of the sample and compare it with the size of the inside of the mold, and calculate the linear shrinkage rate based on JIS K6249:2003. The maximum and minimum values are removed from the 10 samples, and the arithmetic average of the linear shrinkage rates of the remaining 8 samples is used as the linear shrinkage rate of the aforementioned constituent materials.
<實施例4> 於實施例4中,除了使用雙液硬化性聚矽氧橡膠組成物(產品名「ELASTOSIL(註冊商標) M 4601」,wacker asahikasei silicone股份有限公司製,加成反應性)來代替用以形成第1填充部及第2填充部之聚矽氧樹脂組成物以外,其餘皆以與實施例1同樣方式得到輥體。此聚矽氧橡膠脂組成物混合時為白色,又,此聚矽氧橡膠組成物塗布時之剪切黏度為20Pa・s。<Example 4> In Example 4, in addition to using a two-component curable silicone rubber composition (product name "ELASTOSIL (registered trademark) M 4601", manufactured by Wacker Asahikasei Silicone Co., Ltd., addition reactivity) instead of forming the first The roller body was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1 except for the silicone resin composition of the first filling part and the second filling part. The silicone rubber grease composition is white when mixed, and the shear viscosity of the silicone rubber composition when it is coated is 20 Pa·s.
<實施例5> 於實施例5中,除了使用雙液硬化性胺酯樹脂組成物(產品名「人體皮膚凝膠」,exseal股份有限公司製)來代替用以形成第1填充部及第2填充部之聚矽氧樹脂組成物以外,其餘皆以與實施例1同樣方式得到輥體。此胺酯樹脂組成物混合時為白色,胺酯樹脂組成物塗布時之剪切黏度為6.5Pa・s。<Example 5> In Example 5, in addition to using a two-component curable urethane resin composition (product name "human skin gel", manufactured by exseal Co., Ltd.) instead of the polysilicon used to form the first filling part and the second filling part Except for the oxygen resin composition, the roll body was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1. The urethane resin composition is white when mixed, and the shear viscosity of the urethane resin composition when it is coated is 6.5 Pa·s.
<實施例6> 首先,於內徑153mm,外徑167mm及寬度1600mm之纖維強化塑膠製之圓筒狀捲芯的外周面,沿著捲芯寬度方向貼附作為固定構件之長度1380mm,寬度20mm及厚度10μm的長方形雙面帶。<Example 6> First, on the outer peripheral surface of a cylindrical core made of fiber reinforced plastic with an inner diameter of 153mm, an outer diameter of 167mm and a width of 1600mm, a rectangle with a length of 1380mm, a width of 20mm and a thickness of 10μm is attached along the width of the core as a fixing member. Double-sided tape.
貼附雙面帶後,以捲收裝置之夾持構件保持捲芯,固定於捲收裝置。然後,將作為片之長度3000m,寬度1490mm及厚度80μm的聚對酞酸乙二酯膜(PET膜,面內相位差Re:1000nm,Nz係數:20)之長邊方向的捲繞開始端部沿著捲芯寬度方向貼附於雙面帶,將PET膜固定於捲芯之外周面。After attaching the double-sided tape, the winding core is held by the clamping member of the winding device and fixed to the winding device. Then, a polyethylene terephthalate film (PET film, in-plane retardation Re: 1000 nm, Nz coefficient: 20) with a length of 3000m, a width of 1490mm, and a thickness of 80μm as a sheet was wound at the start end in the longitudinal direction It is attached to the double-sided tape along the width direction of the core, and the PET film is fixed to the outer peripheral surface of the core.
然後,藉由捲收裝置將PET膜捲收1圈,而得到中間輥體。於中間輥體中,形成有位於捲芯與第1圈PET膜之間且與PET膜之捲繞開始端部之前端面接觸的第1間隙及位於捲芯與第1圈PET膜之間且與雙面帶之第1端面接觸的第2間隙。Then, the PET film was wound up one turn by the winding device to obtain an intermediate roll body. In the intermediate roller body, a first gap is formed between the core and the first round of PET film and is in contact with the front end of the winding start end of the PET film, and is located between the core and the first round of PET film and is in contact with the PET film. The second gap where the first end face of the double-sided tape is in contact.
得到中間輥體後,在25℃之環境下,於構成中間輥體之外周面的PET膜表面沿著捲芯之寬度方向塗布單液硬化性聚矽氧樹脂組成物(產品名「Hapio Seal PRO HG」,Kanpe Hapio股份有限公司製)作為塗布材料。聚矽氧樹脂組成物塗布時之黏度分別為180Pa・s,聚矽氧樹脂組成物係以沿著捲芯寬度方向且每單位寬度之塗布量為1cm3 /m的方式被塗布成直線狀。具體而言,聚矽氧樹脂組成物係分別被塗布於與第1間隙對應之第1區域及與第2間隙對應之第2區域。After the intermediate roll body is obtained, a single-liquid curable silicone resin composition (product name "Hapio Seal PRO") is applied to the surface of the PET film constituting the outer peripheral surface of the intermediate roll body in the width direction of the core under an environment of 25°C. HG", manufactured by Kanpe Hapio Co., Ltd.) as a coating material. The viscosity of the silicone resin composition during coating is 180 Pa·s, respectively, and the silicone resin composition is coated in a linear shape along the core width direction with a coating amount per unit width of 1 cm 3 /m. Specifically, the silicone resin composition system is applied to the first area corresponding to the first gap and the second area corresponding to the second gap, respectively.
塗布聚矽氧樹脂組成物後,將所有PET膜藉由捲收裝置再次捲繞於捲芯,使聚矽氧樹脂組成物分別介於PET膜間之第1區域及第2區域。藉此,而得到輥體。於輥體中,聚矽氧樹脂組成物硬化,而形成有被設置於PET膜間之第1區域的長度20mm,寬度1340mm及最大厚度300μm之第1居間部與被設置於PET膜間之第2區域的長度20mm,寬度1340mm及最大厚度300μm之第2居間部。After the silicone resin composition is coated, all the PET films are wound around the core again by the winding device, so that the silicone resin composition is located between the first area and the second area between the PET films. In this way, a roller body is obtained. In the roller body, the silicone resin composition is cured to form a first intermediate portion with a length of 20 mm, a width of 1340 mm, and a maximum thickness of 300 μm in the first region provided between the PET films, and the first intermediate portion provided between the PET films. The 2nd zone has a length of 20mm, a width of 1340mm, and a second intermediate part with a maximum thickness of 300μm.
於實施例6所使用之PET膜的面內相位差Re,係以與實施例1所使用之丙烯酸樹脂膜的面內相位差Re同樣方式測定。惟,於此情形時,使樣品之平均折射率N為1.617。The in-plane retardation Re of the PET film used in Example 6 was measured in the same manner as the in-plane retardation Re of the acrylic resin film used in Example 1. However, in this case, let the average refractive index N of the sample be 1.617.
<實施例7> 於實施例7中,使用作為片之長度3000m,寬度1340mm及厚度85μm的丙烯酸樹脂膜,具體而言為由丙烯酸樹脂膜及硬塗層構成之積層體,又,將用以形成第1填充部及第2填充部之聚矽氧橡膠組成物以沿著捲芯寬度方向且每單位寬度之塗布量為0.3cm3 /m的方式塗布成直線狀,除此之外,其餘皆以與實施例3同樣方式得到輥體。<Example 7> In Example 7, an acrylic resin film with a length of 3000m, a width of 1340mm and a thickness of 85μm was used as a sheet. Specifically, a laminate composed of an acrylic resin film and a hard coat layer was used. The silicone rubber composition forming the first filling part and the second filling part is coated in a straight line along the width direction of the core and the coating amount per unit width is 0.3 cm 3 /m. Other than that, the rest The roll bodies were all obtained in the same manner as in Example 3.
上述積層體係以下述方式形成。首先,使用連續塗覆機,從放捲輥將實施例1所使用之長度3000m,寬度1340mm及厚度80μm之丙烯酸樹脂膜送至第1單元之塗覆部,塗布上述硬塗層用組成物1,而形成塗膜。然後,將塗膜於乾燥部以溫度70℃乾燥60秒鐘,使塗膜中之溶劑蒸發,於硬化部以累積光量成為150mJ/cm2 之方式照射紫外線,使塗膜硬化,藉此形成膜厚5.0μm及塗覆寬度1300mm之硬塗層,得到經連續成膜之長度3000m及厚度85μm之積層體。The above-mentioned build-up system is formed in the following manner. First, using a continuous coater, the acrylic resin film with a length of 3000m, a width of 1340mm and a thickness of 80μm used in Example 1 was sent from the unwinding roll to the coating section of the first unit, and the hard coat composition 1 was applied. , And the formation of a coating film. Then, the coating film is dried in the drying section at a temperature of 70°C for 60 seconds to evaporate the solvent in the coating film, and ultraviolet rays are irradiated in the curing section so that the cumulative light amount becomes 150mJ/cm 2 to harden the coating film, thereby forming a film A hard coat layer with a thickness of 5.0 μm and a width of 1300 mm was applied to obtain a laminated body with a length of 3000 m and a thickness of 85 μm through continuous film formation.
<實施例8> 於實施例8中,除了將用以形成第1填充部及第2填充部之聚矽氧橡膠組成物以沿著捲芯寬度方向且每單位寬度之塗布量為0.5cm3 /m的方式塗布成直線狀以外,其餘皆以與實施例7同樣方式得到輥體。<Example 8> In Example 8, except that the silicone rubber composition used to form the first filling part and the second filling part was used along the core width direction and the coating amount per unit width was 0.5 cm 3 The roll body was obtained in the same manner as in Example 7 except that it was coated in a straight line by the method of /m.
<實施例9> 於實施例9中,除了將用以形成第1填充部及第2填充部之聚矽氧橡膠組成物以沿著捲芯寬度方向且每單位寬度之塗布量為0.8cm3 /m的方式塗布成直線狀以外,其餘皆以與實施例7同樣方式得到輥體。<Example 9> In Example 9, except that the silicone rubber composition used to form the first filling part and the second filling part was applied along the core width direction and the coating amount per unit width was 0.8 cm 3 The roll body was obtained in the same manner as in Example 7 except that it was coated in a straight line by the method of /m.
<實施例10> 於實施例10中,除了將用以形成第1填充部及第2填充部之聚矽氧橡膠組成物以每單位寬度之塗布量為1cm3 /m的方式塗布成直線狀以外,其餘皆以與實施例9同樣方式得到輥體。<Example 10> In Example 10, except that the silicone rubber composition used to form the first filling part and the second filling part was coated in a straight line so that the coating amount per unit width was 1 cm 3 /m Otherwise, the roll body was obtained in the same manner as in Example 9.
<實施例11> 於實施例11中,除了將用以形成第1填充部及第2居間部之雙液硬化性聚矽氧橡膠組成物塗布時的剪切黏度設定為2Pa・s,且將每單位寬度之塗布量設定為1.5cm3 /m以外,其餘皆以與實施例9同樣方式得到輥體。<Example 11> In Example 11, except that the shear viscosity of the two-component curable silicone rubber composition used to form the first filling part and the second intermediate part was set to 2 Pa·s, and the Except that the coating amount per unit width was set to 1.5 cm 3 /m, the rest was the same as in Example 9 to obtain a roll body.
<實施例12> 於實施例12中,除了將用以形成第1填充部及第2居間部之聚矽氧橡膠組成物塗布時的剪切黏度設定為6.5Pa・s,且將每單位寬度之塗布量設定為1.2cm3 /m以外,其餘皆以與實施例9同樣方式得到輥體。<Example 12> In Example 12, except that the shear viscosity of the silicone rubber composition used to form the first filling part and the second intermediate part was set to 6.5 Pa·s, and the width per unit width Except that the coating amount was set to 1.2 cm 3 /m, the rest was the same as in Example 9 to obtain a roll body.
<實施例13> 首先,以捲收裝置之夾持構件保持內徑153mm,外徑167mm及寬度1600mm之纖維強化塑膠製的圓筒狀捲芯,固定於捲收裝置。然後,於25℃之環境下,沿著捲芯之寬度方向塗布1條雙液硬化性聚矽氧橡膠組成物(產品名「ELASTOSIL(註冊商標) M 4503」,wacker asahikasei silicone股份有限公司製,縮合硬化性)作為塗布材料。聚矽氧橡膠組成物塗布時之黏度為180Pa・s,聚矽氧橡膠組成物係以沿著捲芯寬度方向且每單位寬度之塗布量為1cm3 /m的方式被塗布成直線狀。<Example 13> First, a cylindrical winding core made of fiber reinforced plastic with an inner diameter of 153 mm, an outer diameter of 167 mm, and a width of 1600 mm was held by the clamping member of the winding device and fixed to the winding device. Then, in an environment of 25°C, a two-component curable silicone rubber composition (product name "ELASTOSIL (registered trademark) M 4503", manufactured by Wacker Asahikasei Silicone Co., Ltd., Condensation hardening) as a coating material. The viscosity of the silicone rubber composition when it is coated is 180 Pa·s, and the silicone rubber composition is coated in a straight line along the width direction of the core and the coating amount per unit width is 1 cm 3 /m.
然後,以雙面帶與雙液硬化性聚矽氧橡膠組成物之間的分離距離為3mm之方式,沿著捲芯寬度方向貼附作為固定構件之長度1380mm,寬度20mm及厚度10μm的長方形雙面帶。分離距離係測定10處,從測得之10處的分離距離中去除最大值與最小值,求出其餘8處之分離距離的算術平均值,藉此而求得。於以下之實施例中,分離距離亦以此方式求得。Then, with a separation distance of 3mm between the double-sided tape and the two-component curable silicone rubber composition, a rectangular double-sided tape with a length of 1380mm, a width of 20mm and a thickness of 10μm was attached along the width direction of the core as a fixing member. Noodles. The separation distance is measured at 10 locations, the maximum and minimum values are removed from the measured separation distances at 10 locations, and the arithmetic average of the separation distances at the remaining 8 locations is obtained by this. In the following embodiments, the separation distance is also obtained in this way.
然後,將作為片之與實施例7同樣的長度3000m,寬度1340mm及厚度85μm之積層體其長邊方向的捲繞開始端部沿著捲芯寬度方向貼附於雙面帶,將積層體固定於捲芯之外周面。另,積層體係配置成積層體其捲繞開始端部之長邊方向的前端面與聚矽氧橡膠組成物接觸,且於捲芯之徑向上與雙面帶之第2端面大致對齊。Then, as a sheet, a laminate with a length of 3000m, a width of 1340mm and a thickness of 85μm, which was the same as in Example 7, was attached to the double-sided tape along the width direction of the core at the winding start end of the laminate to fix the laminate On the outer circumference of the core. In addition, the laminated system is configured such that the front end surface of the laminated body in the longitudinal direction of the winding start end is in contact with the silicone rubber composition and is substantially aligned with the second end surface of the double-sided tape in the radial direction of the core.
然後,將積層體藉由捲收裝置捲繞於捲芯,在位於捲芯與第1圈積層體之間且與積層體其捲繞開始端部之前端面接觸的第1間隙填充聚矽氧橡膠組成物。Then, the layered body is wound on the winding core by the winding device, and silicone rubber is filled in the first gap between the winding core and the first-turn layered body and in contact with the front end of the winding start end of the layered body. Composition.
然後,藉由捲收裝置將積層體捲收1圈,而得到中間輥體。於中間輥體中,形成有位於捲芯與第1圈積層體之間且與雙面帶之第1端面接觸的第2間隙。Then, the layered body was wound up by one turn by the winding device to obtain an intermediate roll body. In the intermediate roll body, a second gap is formed between the winding core and the first loop layered body and is in contact with the first end surface of the double-sided belt.
得到中間輥體後,在25℃之環境下,於構成中間輥體之外周面的積層體表面沿著捲芯之寬度方向塗布雙液硬化性聚矽氧橡膠組成物(產品名「ELASTOSIL(註冊商標) M 4503」,wacker asahikasei silicone股份有限公司製,縮合硬化性)作為塗布材料。聚矽氧橡膠組成物塗布時之黏度為180Pa・s,聚矽氧橡膠組成物係以沿著捲芯寬度方向且每單位寬度之塗布量為1cm3 /m的方式被塗布成直線狀。具體而言,聚矽氧橡膠組成物被塗布於與第2間隙對應之第2區域。After the intermediate roll body is obtained, a two-component curable silicone rubber composition (product name "ELASTOSIL (registered Trademark) M 4503", manufactured by Wacker Asahikasei Silicone Co., Ltd., condensation hardening) is used as a coating material. The viscosity of the silicone rubber composition when it is coated is 180 Pa·s, and the silicone rubber composition is coated in a straight line along the width direction of the core and the coating amount per unit width is 1 cm 3 /m. Specifically, the silicone rubber composition is applied to the second area corresponding to the second gap.
塗布聚矽氧橡膠組成物後,將所有積層體藉由捲收裝置再次捲繞於捲芯,使聚矽氧橡膠組成物介於積層體間之第2區域。藉此,而得到輥體。於輥體中,聚矽氧橡膠組成物分別硬化,而於第1間隙形成有寬度1340mm之第1填充部,又,於積層體間之第2區域形成有寬度1340mm之第2居間部。After coating the silicone rubber composition, all the laminates are wound around the core again by the winding device, so that the silicone rubber composition is interposed in the second area between the laminates. In this way, a roller body is obtained. In the roller body, the silicone rubber composition is cured separately, and a first filling part with a width of 1340 mm is formed in the first gap, and a second intermediate part with a width of 1340 mm is formed in the second area between the laminated bodies.
<實施例14> 除了於實施例12中,使用雙液硬化性聚矽氧橡膠組成物(產品名「ELASTOSIL(註冊商標) M 4601」,wacker asahikasei silicone股份有限公司製,加成反應性)來代替用以形成第1填充部及第2居間部之雙液硬化性聚矽氧橡膠組成物(產品名「ELASTOSIL(註冊商標) M 4503」,wacker asahikasei silicone股份有限公司製,縮合硬化性)以外,其餘皆以與實施例11同樣方式得到輥體。聚矽氧橡膠組成物塗布時之剪切黏度為10Pa・s。<Example 14> Except in Example 12, a two-component curable silicone rubber composition (product name "ELASTOSIL (registered trademark) M 4601", manufactured by Wacker Asahikasei Silicone Co., Ltd., addition reactivity) was used instead to form the first 1 Except for the two-component curable silicone rubber composition of the filling part and the second intermediate part (product name "ELASTOSIL (registered trademark) M 4503", manufactured by Wacker Asahikasei Silicone Co., Ltd., condensation hardening), the rest are all with In Example 11, a roll body was obtained in the same manner. The shear viscosity of the silicone rubber composition when it is coated is 10Pa·s.
<實施例15> 於實施例15中,除了將用以形成第1填充部及第2居間部之雙液硬化性聚矽氧橡膠組成物塗布時的剪切黏度設定為10Pa・s,且將每單位寬度之塗布量設定為0.8cm3 /m,及將雙面帶與雙液硬化性聚矽氧橡膠組成物之間的分離距離設定為3mm以外,其餘皆以與實施例13同樣方式得到輥體。<Example 15> In Example 15, the shear viscosity of the two-component curable silicone rubber composition used to form the first filling part and the second intermediate part was set to 10 Pa·s, and the The coating amount per unit width was set to 0.8 cm 3 /m, and the separation distance between the double-sided tape and the two-component curable silicone rubber composition was set to 3 mm, and the rest were obtained in the same manner as in Example 13. Roller body.
<實施例16> 於實施例16中,除了將用以形成第1填充部及第2居間部之雙液硬化性聚矽氧橡膠組成物塗布時的剪切黏度設定為10Pa・s,且將每單位寬度之塗布量設定為1.2cm3 /m,及將雙面帶與雙液硬化性聚矽氧橡膠組成物之間的分離距離設定為3mm以外,其餘皆以與實施例13同樣方式得到輥體。<Example 16> In Example 16, except that the shear viscosity of the two-component curable silicone rubber composition used to form the first filling part and the second intermediate part was set to 10 Pa·s, and the The coating amount per unit width was set to 1.2 cm 3 /m, and the separation distance between the double-sided tape and the two-component curable silicone rubber composition was set to 3 mm, and the rest were obtained in the same manner as in Example 13. Roller body.
<比較例1> 於比較例1中,除了不塗布塗布材料以外,其餘皆以與實施例1同樣方式得到輥體。<Comparative example 1> In Comparative Example 1, a roll body was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1, except that the coating material was not applied.
<比較例2> 於比較例2中,除了使用實施例7所使用之積層體來代替丙烯酸樹脂膜以外,其餘皆以與比較例1同樣方式得到輥體。<Comparative example 2> In Comparative Example 2, a roll body was obtained in the same manner as in Comparative Example 1, except that the laminate used in Example 7 was used instead of the acrylic resin film.
對於實施例1~16之輥體,測定第1填充部之邊緣厚度T1。邊緣厚度T1,係使用掃描型光干涉式表面形狀測定機(產品名「New View7300」,賽格公司製)測定。具體而言,首先,若將丙烯酸樹脂膜或PET膜等膜或積層體全部接連放出,則有時第1填充部會附著於積層體側,而從捲芯剝離。然後,從積層體切下包含第1填充部之大小2mm×5mm之1個以上的樣品。樣品包含第1填充部之前端部,且從未附著有污垢或指紋等之任意部位切下。然後,以下述測定條件,測定第1填充部之邊緣厚度T1。邊緣厚度T1係測定10處邊緣厚度,從測得之10處的厚度中去除最大值與最小值,求出其餘8處之厚度的算術平均值,藉此而求得。 (測定條件) ・物鏡:10倍 ・變焦(Zoom):1倍 ・測定區域:2.17mm×2.17mm ・掃描長度(scan length):5μm ・最小模數(min mod):0.015 ・溫度:23℃ ・相對濕度:50%For the roll bodies of Examples 1 to 16, the edge thickness T1 of the first filling portion was measured. The edge thickness T1 is measured using a scanning optical interference surface profile measuring machine (product name "New View7300", manufactured by SEG). Specifically, first, when all films or laminates such as acrylic resin films or PET films are discharged one after another, the first filling portion may adhere to the laminate side and peel off from the core. Then, one or more samples including the size of 2 mm×5 mm of the first filling portion were cut out from the laminate. The sample includes the front end of the first filling part, and is cut off from any part where dirt or fingerprints are not attached. Then, the edge thickness T1 of the first filling portion was measured under the following measurement conditions. The edge thickness T1 is obtained by measuring the edge thickness at 10 locations, removing the maximum and minimum values from the measured thickness at 10 locations, and obtaining the arithmetic average of the thicknesses at the remaining 8 locations. (Measurement conditions) ・Objective lens: 10 times ・Zoom: 1 times ・Measurement area: 2.17mm×2.17mm ・Scan length: 5μm ・Minimum modulus (min mod): 0.015 ・Temperature: 23℃ ・Relative humidity: 50%
<變形緩和長度測定> 對於實施例及比較例之輥體,分別測定起因於丙烯酸樹脂膜或PET膜等膜或積層體之捲繞開始端部的階差及起因於雙面帶的階差受到緩和之長度。具體而言,由於階差從捲繞開始端部朝向捲繞結束端部逐漸變小,故首先測量且同時接連放出膜或積層體之接連放出長度(m)至可辨認階差之地點。然後,於可辨認階差之地點將膜或積層體切下。在將聚乙烯醇膜貼合於膜或積層體之切下部分的狀態下,於800Lux以上且2000Lux以下之室內環境下,在將白色LED燈映射於膜或積層體之狀態下藉由反射光進行目視觀察。然後,測定從無法辨認階差之地點至捲繞開始端部的距離,將此距離作為變形緩和長度。此處,映射於膜或積層體之白色LED燈的輪廓線若與膜或積層體之其他部分比較,具有歪斜之部分時,則將此情形判斷為存在階差,而可判斷為存在階差之周邊中所映射的白色LED燈輪廓線與膜或積層體之其他部分相同的部分,則判斷為不存在階差。白色LED燈係配置成白色LED燈之長邊方向沿著膜或積層體之長邊方向。白色LED燈之長度係設定為橫跨膜或積層體中存在階差之部分與不存在階差之部分的長度。於觀察時,適當選擇可明確看見白色LED燈之線者,形成為白色LED燈映射於膜或積層體而可看見其輪廓線之狀態。又,目視觀察係以膜或積層體之表面的法線方向為基準(0°),從所有角度(-180°~180°)進行。<Deformation relaxation length measurement> For the roll bodies of the Examples and Comparative Examples, the step at the winding start end of the film or laminate, such as an acrylic resin film or PET film, and the length at which the step at which the double-sided tape was relaxed were measured, respectively. Specifically, since the level difference gradually decreases from the winding start end to the winding end end, the continuous discharge length (m) of the film or laminate is first measured and simultaneously discharged to the point where the level difference can be recognized. Then, the film or laminate is cut off at a spot where the level difference can be recognized. In the state where the polyvinyl alcohol film is attached to the cut part of the film or laminate, in an indoor environment of 800 Lux or more and 2000 Lux or less, the white LED lamp is reflected on the film or laminate. Make a visual observation. Then, the distance from the point where the level difference cannot be recognized to the end of the winding start is measured, and this distance is used as the strain relaxation length. Here, if the contour line of the white LED lamp mapped on the film or laminate is compared with other parts of the film or laminate and has a skewed part, it is judged that there is a step difference, and it can be judged that there is a step difference. If the contour line of the white LED lamp mapped in the periphery is the same as the other parts of the film or laminate, it is judged that there is no step difference. The white LED lamp is arranged such that the long side direction of the white LED lamp is along the long side direction of the film or laminate. The length of the white LED lamp is set to span the length of the part where the step difference exists and the part where the step difference does not exist in the film or laminate. When observing, appropriately select the line that can clearly see the white LED light, and form a state where the white LED light is mapped on the film or laminate and the outline of the white LED light can be seen. In addition, visual observation is performed from all angles (-180° to 180°) based on the normal direction of the surface of the film or laminate (0°).
<確認存在第4居間部> 確認實施例3、7~16中,是否於捲繞開始端部上存在第4居間部。具體而言,首先,從輥體將積層體接連放出至表面為第2圈之積層體。然後,對於第2圈之積層體為表面的輥體,目視觀察捲繞開始端部附近,觀察是否於捲繞開始端部上存在被著色之部分。然後,當捲繞開始端部上存在被著色之部分的情形時,判斷為存在第4居間部,而當不存在被著色之部分的情形時,則判斷為不存在第4居間部。觀察者設定為15人,當所有觀察者皆認為捲繞開始端部上存在被著色之部分的情形時,判斷為存在第4居間部。<Confirm the existence of the fourth intermediate part> In Examples 3 and 7 to 16, it was confirmed whether there was a fourth intermediate portion at the winding start end. Specifically, first, the layered body is successively discharged from the roller body to the layered body whose surface is the second turn. Then, with regard to the roller body with the layered body of the second turn as the surface, the vicinity of the winding start end was visually observed, and it was observed whether there was a colored portion at the winding start end. Then, when there is a colored portion at the winding start end, it is determined that there is a fourth intermediate portion, and when there is no colored portion, it is determined that there is no fourth intermediate portion. The number of observers is set to 15, and when all observers think that there is a colored part at the winding start end, it is judged that there is a fourth intermediate part.
<L1、L1+L2、T2、S1、S1+S2、IL3傾斜度測定> 當於實施例3、7~16之輥體中,未確認到第4居間部存在的情形時,測定長度L1、厚度T2、面積S1,且求出長度L1/厚度T2、面積S1/厚度T2。又,當確認到第4居間部存在之情形時,測定長度L1+長度L2、厚度T1、T2、面積S1+面積S2,且求出(長度L1+長度L2)/厚度T2、(面積S1+面積S2)/厚度T2。另,長度L1、L2、厚度T2、面積S1、S2意指圖4~圖8所示之部分。<L1, L1+L2, T2, S1, S1+S2, IL3 slope measurement> In the roll bodies of Examples 3 and 7 to 16, when the presence of the fourth intermediate portion was not confirmed, the length L1, thickness T2, and area S1 were measured, and the length L1/thickness T2, area S1/thickness T2 was determined. Also, when the presence of the fourth intermediate portion is confirmed, measure the length L1 + length L2, thickness T1, T2, area S1 + area S2, and obtain (length L1 + length L2)/thickness T2, (area S1 + area S2)/ Thickness T2. In addition, the lengths L1, L2, thickness T2, areas S1, S2 mean the parts shown in FIGS. 4-8.
具體而言,首先,準備用以旋轉輥體之治具與雷射位移計(產品名「LK-G30」,其恩斯股份有限公司製),分別配置於規定之位置。治具被插入捲芯寬度方向之孔,可旋轉地保持輥體。Specifically, first, prepare a jig for rotating the roller body and a laser displacement meter (product name "LK-G30", manufactured by Chiensi Co., Ltd.), and arrange them in predetermined positions. The jig is inserted into the hole in the width direction of the roll core to rotatably hold the roll body.
雷射位移計3台配置成位於輥體之上方,朝向輥體表面照射雷射光。雷射位移計之配置部位設為如下。首先,確定將積層體之寬度作3等分的第1位置及第2位置。第1位置位於積層體短邊方向之第1端側,第2位置位於第1位置相反側之第2端側。然後,第1台雷射位移計配置成雷射光照射到第1位置與第1端之中點,第2台雷射位移計配置成雷射光照射到第1位置與第2位置之中點,第3台雷射位移計則配置成雷射光照射到第2位置與第2端之中點。Three laser displacement meters are arranged above the roller body and irradiate laser light toward the surface of the roller body. The location of the laser displacement meter is set as follows. First, determine the first position and the second position where the width of the laminate is divided into three equal parts. The first position is on the first end side of the laminate in the short-side direction, and the second position is on the second end side opposite to the first position. Then, the first laser displacement meter is arranged so that the laser light is irradiated to the midpoint between the first position and the first end, and the second laser displacement meter is arranged so that the laser light is irradiated to the midpoint between the first position and the second position. The third laser displacement meter is arranged so that the laser light irradiates the middle point between the second position and the second end.
然後,將輥體安裝於治具,從輥體接連放出丙烯酸樹脂膜至露出第1填充部。然後,於露出第1填充部之狀態下,在溫度23℃及相對濕度50%之環境下,以旋轉速度30mm/s使捲芯旋轉,且同時藉由雷射位移計以抽樣週期200μs連續地測定位移量,得到以橫軸為位置(mm),縱軸為位移量(mm)之圖表(參照圖40(A)~圖40(C))。此測定係從第1填充部之前端部朝向與前端面接觸之位置進行,於此測定中,係將基準高度(位移量0mm線)作為捲芯之高度,捲芯與第1填充部之高度差作為第1填充部之厚度。所得到之圖表實質上表示包含片之長邊方向及捲芯之徑向的平面。又,此圖表係使橫軸之1個刻度為5mm,縱軸之1個刻度為0.02mm。Then, the roller body was attached to the jig, and the acrylic resin film was successively discharged from the roller body until the first filling part was exposed. Then, in the state where the first filling part is exposed, the core is rotated at a rotation speed of 30mm/s under an environment with a temperature of 23°C and a relative humidity of 50%. At the same time, the laser displacement meter is used to continuously rotate the core at a sampling period of 200μs. Measure the displacement, and obtain a graph with the horizontal axis as the position (mm) and the vertical axis as the displacement (mm) (see Fig. 40(A) to Fig. 40(C)). This measurement is carried out from the front end of the first filling part toward the position where it is in contact with the front end surface. In this measurement, the reference height (displacement 0mm line) is taken as the height of the winding core, and the height between the winding core and the first filling part The difference is taken as the thickness of the first filling part. The resulting chart substantially represents a plane including the longitudinal direction of the sheet and the radial direction of the core. In this graph, one scale on the horizontal axis is 5 mm, and one scale on the vertical axis is 0.02 mm.
於此圖表中,將位移量開始急遽下降之位置位移曲線上的位置設為位置E1。然後,當未確認到第4居間部存在之情形時,藉由求出位移量0mm線與位置E1之位移量差,來求出第1填充部中與前端面接觸之位置的厚度T2。In this chart, set the position on the displacement curve at which the displacement begins to drop sharply as the position E1. Then, when the presence of the fourth intermediate portion is not confirmed, the thickness T2 of the position in contact with the front end surface of the first filling portion is obtained by calculating the displacement difference between the 0 mm displacement line and the position E1.
當確認到第4居間部存在之情形時,厚度T2可藉由以下之方法測定。首先,以包含捲繞開始端部12A、第1填充部14及第2圈之片12的部分不受到破壞之方式取出包含此部分之大小2cm×2cm的樣品,並加以固定。然後,對被固定之樣品的剖面進行研磨,於溫度23℃及相對濕度50%之環境下,以立體顯微鏡(產品名「Digital microscope VHX-7000」,其恩斯股份有限公司製)測定第1填充部之厚度T2。以立體顯微鏡測定厚度T2,係選擇同軸落射照明作為數位顯微鏡(Digital microscope)之照明,以倍率500倍,使用暗視野及反射光進行。When the presence of the fourth intermediate portion is confirmed, the thickness T2 can be measured by the following method. First, a sample of 2 cm×2 cm in size including this part is taken out and fixed so that the part including the winding start end 12A, the first filling
又,當未確認到第4居間部存在之情形時,長度L1與厚度T2同樣地從位置位移曲線之圖表求出。具體而言,首先,從圖表設定上述位置E1及將位移量開始上升之部位中的位移量0mm線與位置位移曲線之交點設定為位置E2。接著,通過上述位置E1,畫出與位移量0mm線垂直之虛擬線IL4。然後,將虛擬線IL4與位移量0mm線之交點設定為位置E3,求出位置E2與位置E3之距離,藉此而求出長度L1。面積S1係求出從上述位置E2至位置E3之區域中在各測定點之厚度與每個測定點間之寬度的積,將其合計,藉此而算出。另,基於上述算式(3),從抽樣週期、捲芯之旋轉速度及捲芯之外徑求出測定點間之寬度,結果為6.24μm。當確認到第4居間部存在之情形時,與未確認到第4居間部存在之情形時的長度L1同樣方式,求出長度L1+長度L2。In addition, when the presence of the fourth intermediate portion is not confirmed, the length L1 is obtained from the graph of the positional displacement curve in the same manner as the thickness T2. Specifically, first, the position E1 described above is set from the graph, and the intersection of the
然後,當未確認到第4居間部存在之情形時,使用所求得之長度L1、厚度T2、面積S1,求出長度L1/厚度T2、面積S1/厚度T2。又,當確認到第4居間部存在之情形時,使用所求得之長度L1與長度L2之合計、厚度T2、面積S1與面積S2之合計,求出(長度L1+長度L2)/厚度T2、(面積S1+面積S2)/厚度T2。Then, when the presence of the fourth intermediate portion is not confirmed, the obtained length L1, thickness T2, and area S1 are used to obtain length L1/thickness T2, area S1/thickness T2. Also, when the presence of the fourth intermediate portion is confirmed, use the total of the obtained length L1 and the length L2, the thickness T2, the total of the area S1 and the area S2 to obtain (length L1 + length L2)/thickness T2 (Area S1 + area S2)/thickness T2.
又,於上述圖表中,畫出通過位置E1與位置E2之虛擬線IL3(參照圖40(A)~圖40(C)),求出此虛擬線IL3之傾斜度。Also, in the above-mentioned graph, draw a virtual line IL3 passing through the position E1 and the position E2 (refer to FIGS. 40(A) to 40(C)), and obtain the inclination of the virtual line IL3.
<L4、T6、S3測定> 對於實施例13~16之輥體,測定長度L4、最大厚度T6、剖面積S3,且求出長度L4/最大厚度T6、剖面積S3/最大厚度T6。另,長度L4、最大厚度T6意指圖27所示之部分,剖面積S3意指圖29所示之部分。長度L4、最大厚度T6、剖面積S3係使用用以旋轉輥體之治具與雷射位移計(產品名「LK-G30」,其恩斯股份有限公司製)測定。具體而言,首先,與長度L1等之測定同樣地,將輥體安裝於治具且將3台雷射位移計配置於規定之位置後,從輥體將積層體接連放出至露出第2居間部。然後,於露出第2居間部之狀態下,在溫度23℃及相對濕度50%之環境下,以旋轉速度30mm/s旋轉捲芯,且同時藉由雷射位移計以抽樣週期200μs連續地測定位移量,而得到以橫軸為位置(mm),縱軸為位移量(mm)之圖表。此測定係從第2居間部之雙面帶側之第1前端相反側的第2前端朝向第1前端進行,於此測定中,係將基準高度(位移量0mm線)作為捲芯之高度,將捲芯與第2居間部之高度差作為第2居間部之厚度。所得到之圖表實質上表示包含片之長邊方向及捲芯之徑向的平面。又,此圖表係使橫軸之1個刻度為5mm,縱軸之1個刻度為0.02mm。<L4, T6, S3 measurement> For the roll bodies of Examples 13 to 16, the length L4, the maximum thickness T6, and the cross-sectional area S3 were measured, and the length L4/the maximum thickness T6 and the cross-sectional area S3/the maximum thickness T6 were determined. In addition, the length L4 and the maximum thickness T6 mean the part shown in FIG. 27, and the cross-sectional area S3 means the part shown in FIG. 29. The length L4, the maximum thickness T6, and the cross-sectional area S3 are measured using a jig for rotating the roller body and a laser displacement meter (product name "LK-G30", manufactured by Chines Co., Ltd.). Specifically, first, as in the measurement of the length L1, etc., the roller body is mounted on the jig and the three laser displacement meters are arranged at predetermined positions, and then the laminated body is successively discharged from the roller body until the second room is exposed. unit. Then, with the second intervening part exposed, the winding core is rotated at a rotation speed of 30mm/s under an environment with a temperature of 23°C and a relative humidity of 50%. At the same time, it is continuously measured by a laser displacement meter with a sampling cycle of 200μs. Displacement, and get a graph with the horizontal axis as the position (mm) and the vertical axis as the displacement (mm). This measurement is carried out from the second front end opposite to the first front end on the double-sided tape side of the second intermediate portion toward the first front end. In this measurement, the reference height (a line with a displacement of 0 mm) is taken as the height of the winding core. The height difference between the core and the second intermediate portion is taken as the thickness of the second intermediate portion. The resulting chart substantially represents a plane including the longitudinal direction of the sheet and the radial direction of the core. In this graph, one scale on the horizontal axis is 5 mm, and one scale on the vertical axis is 0.02 mm.
於此圖表中,藉由找到位移量最高之位置,求出位移量0mm線與該位置之位移量差,以求出第2居間部中之最大厚度T6。In this graph, by finding the position with the highest displacement amount, the displacement difference between the 0mm displacement line and the position is calculated to find the maximum thickness T6 in the second intermediate portion.
又,從該圖表找到位移量開始上升之部位中的位移量0mm線與位置位移曲線之交點亦即第1位置。接著,通過上述位移量最高之位置,畫出與位移量0mm線垂直之虛擬線。然後,將此虛擬線與位移量0mm線之交點作為第2位置,求出第1位置與第2位置之距離,藉此求出長度L4。剖面積S3係求出從上述第1位置至第2位置之區域中在各測定點的厚度與每個測定點間的寬度之積,將其合計,藉此而算出。另,基於上述算式(3),從抽樣週期、捲芯之旋轉速度及捲芯之外徑求出測定點間之寬度,結果為6.24μm。In addition, from the graph, find the first position, which is the intersection of the
又,使用所求得之長度L4、最大厚度T6、剖面積S3,求出長度L4/最大厚度T6、剖面積S3/最大厚度T6。Furthermore, using the obtained length L4, the maximum thickness T6, and the cross-sectional area S3, the length L4/the maximum thickness T6 and the cross-sectional area S3/the maximum thickness T6 are determined.
以下,將結果表示於表1~表3。 [表1] Hereinafter, the results are shown in Tables 1 to 3. [Table 1]
[表2] [Table 2]
[表3] [table 3]
比較例1之輥體其捲繞開始端部之變形緩和長度及雙面帶之變形緩和長度皆長。此認為是由於第1間隙為空孔,故起因於丙烯酸樹脂膜之捲繞開始端部的階差大,又,由於第2間隙為空孔,故起因於雙面帶之階差大的緣故。相對於此,實施例1~12之輥體其捲繞開始端部之變形緩和長度及雙面帶之變形緩和長度皆較比較例1之輥體短。此認為是實施例1~5、7~15之輥體中,於第1間隙填充有第1填充部,故起因於丙烯酸樹脂膜之捲繞開始端部的階差小,又於第2間隙填充有第2填充部,或第2居間部介於與第2間隙對應之區域,故起因於雙面帶之階差小的緣故。又,認為是於實施例6中,第1居間部介於與第1間隙對應之第1區域,故起因於PET膜之捲繞開始端部的階差小,又,第2居間部介於與第2間隙對應之第2區域,故起因於雙面帶之階差小的緣故。In the roll body of Comparative Example 1, the deformation relaxation length of the winding start end portion and the deformation relaxation length of the double-sided belt were both long. This is considered to be because the first gap is a hole, which is caused by the large step difference at the winding start end of the acrylic resin film, and because the second gap is a hole, it is caused by the large step difference of the double-sided tape. . In contrast, the roll bodies of Examples 1 to 12 have a shorter deformation reduction length at the winding start end and a double-sided belt than the roll body of Comparative Example 1. This is considered to be because in the roll bodies of Examples 1 to 5 and 7 to 15, the first gap is filled with the first filling part, so the acrylic resin film has a small step at the start end of the winding and is in the second gap. The second filling portion or the second intermediate portion is filled with the area corresponding to the second gap, which is due to the small step difference of the double-sided tape. In addition, it is considered that in Example 6, the first intermediate portion is located between the first area corresponding to the first gap, so that the step at the start end of the winding of the PET film is small, and the second intermediate portion is located between The second area corresponding to the second gap is due to the small step difference of the double-sided tape.
實施例3、8~16之輥體之第1填充部,由於長度L1/厚度T2或(長度L1+長度L2)/厚度T2為90以上,及/或面積S1/厚度T2或(面積S1+面積S2)/厚度T2為3.0以上,故相較於長度L1/厚度T2未達90之實施例7的輥體,捲繞開始端部之變形緩和長度較短。The first filling part of the roll bodies of Examples 3 and 8-16 has a length L1/thickness T2 or (length L1 + length L2)/thickness T2 of 90 or more, and/or area S1/thickness T2 or (area S1 + area S2) )/Thickness T2 is 3.0 or more, so compared to the roll body of Example 7 in which the length L1/thickness T2 is less than 90, the deformation relaxation length at the winding start end is shorter.
實施例13~16之輥體的第2居間部,由於長度L4/最大厚度T6為12以上,及/或剖面積S3/最大厚度T6為2.5以上,故雙面帶之變形緩和長度短。Since the length L4/maximum thickness T6 of the second intermediate portion of the roll bodies of Examples 13 to 16 is 12 or more, and/or the cross-sectional area S3/maximum thickness T6 is 2.5 or more, the deformation relaxation length of the double-sided belt is short.
於實施例1、2、6、13之輥體中,由於塗布時之聚矽氧樹脂組成物或聚矽氧橡膠組成物之剪切黏度為60Pa・s以上,故無論於塗布時及施加捲收時之壓力的情形時,皆未確認到上述組成物從捲芯與丙烯酸樹脂膜或PET膜之間溢出。於實施例3、4、7~10之輥體,塗布時之組成物的剪切黏度雖未達60Pa・s,但在15Pa・s以上,故塗布時沒有溢出,但當施加捲收時之壓力的情形時,確認到組成物溢出。實施例5、11、12、14~16由於塗布時之組成物的剪切黏度未達15Pa・s,故確認到組成物從捲芯與丙烯酸樹脂膜之間溢出。In the roll bodies of Examples 1, 2, 6, and 13, since the shear viscosity of the silicone resin composition or silicone rubber composition during coating is above 60 Pa·s, no matter when the coating is applied or when the roll is applied, the shear viscosity of the silicone resin composition or silicone rubber composition is above 60 Pa·s. In the case of the closing pressure, it was not confirmed that the above-mentioned composition overflowed from between the core and the acrylic resin film or the PET film. For the roll bodies of Examples 3, 4, 7-10, the shear viscosity of the composition during coating is less than 60 Pa·s, but above 15 Pa·s, so there is no overflow during coating, but it is not In the case of stress, it was confirmed that the composition overflowed. In Examples 5, 11, 12, and 14-16, since the shear viscosity of the composition at the time of coating did not reach 15 Pa·s, it was confirmed that the composition overflowed between the core and the acrylic resin film.
又,對於實施例3之輥體,進行二次加工性試驗。具體而言,首先,將丙烯酸樹脂膜放捲出,使第1填充部露出。然後,嘗試以不損傷捲芯之方式用刃狀物製作觸發物於第1填充部之端部,用手指慢慢地從捲芯將第1填充部剝除。二次加工性之評價基準,係以第1填充部被乾淨地剝離之情形時為良好,以第1填充部因斷裂等而使得一部分殘留於捲芯之情形時為不良。於此種評價中,實施例3之輥體的第1填充部由於被乾淨地剝離,故為良好。另,亦對於實施例3以外之實施例的輥體,進行二次加工性試驗,結果二次加工性與實施例3之第1填充部同樣地良好。實施例3以外之實施例的輥體中之第1填充部構成材料的抗拉強度為3.0MPa以上且5.5MPa以下,割斷時伸長率為250%以上且600%以下,撕裂強度為6N/mm以上且25N/mm以下,以Durometer type A測得之第1填充部構成材料的硬度為10°以上且50°以下,第1填充部構成材料之線收縮率在0%以上且1.0%以下之範圍內。又,如表1所示,實施例1~16之輥體的第1填充部之邊緣厚度T1在1.5μm以上且20μm以下之範圍內。於將第1填充部剝除時或者清洗或拭去時,雖然僅是些微,但邊緣厚度T1較厚,較容易將第1填充部剝除或去除。In addition, a secondary workability test was performed on the roll body of Example 3. Specifically, first, the acrylic resin film is unrolled to expose the first filled portion. Then, try to use a blade to make a trigger at the end of the first filling part without damaging the winding core, and slowly peel off the first filling part from the winding core with your fingers. The evaluation criteria of the secondary workability are good when the first filling part is cleanly peeled off, and bad when a part of the first filling part remains in the core due to breakage or the like. In this evaluation, the first filling part of the roll body of Example 3 was cleanly peeled off, so it was good. In addition, the secondary workability test was also performed on the roll bodies of Examples other than Example 3. As a result, the secondary workability was as good as the first filling portion of Example 3. The tensile strength of the first filling part constituent material in the roll bodies of the examples other than Example 3 is 3.0 MPa or more and 5.5 MPa or less, the elongation at break is 250% or more and 600% or less, and the tear strength is 6N/ mm or more and 25N/mm or less, the hardness of the first filling part constituent material measured by Durometer type A is 10° or more and 50° or less, and the linear shrinkage rate of the first filling part constituent material is 0% or more and 1.0% or less Within the range. In addition, as shown in Table 1, the edge thickness T1 of the first filling portion of the roll bodies of Examples 1 to 16 is in the range of 1.5 μm or more and 20 μm or less. When peeling off the first filling part or cleaning or wiping off, although it is only slightly, the edge thickness T1 is thick, and it is easier to peel or remove the first filling part.
於實施例1~12中,雖將聚矽氧樹脂組成物或聚矽氧橡膠組成物塗布成與雙面帶之第1端面及第2端面接觸,但於實施例1~12中,以聚矽氧樹脂組成物或聚矽氧橡膠組成物與雙面帶之間的分離距離為1mm之方式,進行聚矽氧樹脂組成物或聚矽氧橡膠組成物的塗布或雙面帶的配置後,結果可穩定地製造輥體,又,所得到之輥體亦分別與實施例1~12之輥體的上述評價結果或測定結果大致相同。又,同樣地於實施例1~12中,以聚矽氧樹脂組成物或聚矽氧橡膠組成物與雙面帶之間的分離距離為3mm之方式,進行聚矽氧樹脂組成物或聚矽氧橡膠組成物的塗布或雙面帶的配置後,結果可穩定地製造輥體,又,所得到之輥體亦分別與實施例1~12之輥體的上述評價結果或測定結果大致相同。於此等之情形時,係以下述順序進行:首先將聚矽氧樹脂組成物等沿著捲芯之寬度方向塗布成線狀,然後以雙面帶之第2端面與聚矽氧樹脂組成物等之分離距離為1mm或3mm的方式,配置雙面帶,並且以雙面帶之第1端面與聚矽氧樹脂組成等之間的分離距離為1mm或3mm之方式,將聚矽氧樹脂組成物等沿著捲芯之寬度方向塗布成線狀。In Examples 1-12, although the silicone resin composition or silicone rubber composition was coated to contact the first end surface and the second end surface of the double-sided tape, in Examples 1-12, the polysiloxane resin composition or the silicone rubber composition was applied to contact the first end surface and the second end surface of the double-sided tape. When the separation distance between the silicone resin composition or silicone rubber composition and the double-sided tape is 1 mm, after coating the silicone resin composition or silicone rubber composition or the double-sided tape configuration, As a result, a roll body can be produced stably, and the obtained roll bodies are also approximately the same as the above-mentioned evaluation results or measurement results of the roll bodies of Examples 1 to 12, respectively. Also, in the same way in Examples 1-12, the silicone resin composition or polysilicone rubber composition was used so that the separation distance between the silicone resin composition or the silicone rubber composition and the double-sided tape was 3 mm. After the application of the oxy rubber composition or the arrangement of the double-sided tape, the roll body can be stably manufactured, and the obtained roll bodies are also approximately the same as the above-mentioned evaluation results or measurement results of the roll bodies of Examples 1 to 12, respectively. In these cases, the procedure is as follows: first, the silicone resin composition is coated in a linear shape along the width direction of the core, and then the second end surface of the double-sided tape is combined with the silicone resin composition. Equipped with a double-sided tape with a separation distance of 1mm or 3mm, and a silicone resin composition with a separation distance of 1mm or 3mm between the first end face of the double-sided tape and the silicone resin composition, etc. The objects are coated in a linear shape along the width direction of the core.
並且於實施例2中,以聚矽氧橡膠與雙面帶之間的分離距離為5mm之方式,進行聚矽氧橡膠組成物之塗布或雙面帶之配置後,結果可穩定地製造輥體,又,所得到之輥體亦分別與實施例2之輥體的上述評價結果或測定結果大致相同。又,邊緣厚度T1為2μm。於此情形時,係以下述順序進行:首先,將聚矽氧橡膠組成物沿著捲芯之寬度方向塗布成線狀,然後以雙面帶之第2端面與聚矽氧橡膠組成物之分離距離為5mm的方式,配置雙面帶,並且以雙面帶之第1端面與聚矽氧橡膠組成物之間的分離距離為5mm之方式,將聚矽氧橡膠組成物沿著捲芯之寬度方向塗布成線狀。In addition, in Example 2, the separation distance between the silicone rubber and the double-sided belt was 5mm, after coating the silicone rubber composition or the arrangement of the double-sided belt, the roller body could be manufactured stably. In addition, the obtained roll bodies were also approximately the same as the above-mentioned evaluation results or measurement results of the roll bodies of Example 2, respectively. In addition, the edge thickness T1 is 2 μm. In this case, the procedure is as follows: first, the silicone rubber composition is coated in a linear shape along the width direction of the core, and then the second end surface of the double-sided tape is separated from the silicone rubber composition The distance is 5mm, the double-sided tape is arranged, and the separation distance between the first end surface of the double-sided tape and the silicone rubber composition is 5mm, and the silicone rubber composition is placed along the width of the core The direction is coated into a line.
於實施例3中,雖然使用塗布時之剪切黏度為40Pa・s的聚矽氧橡膠組成物,但例如使塗布時之剪切黏度為7Pa・s,又使雙面帶與聚矽氧橡膠組成物之間的分離距離為11mm後,結果位於雙面帶之第1端面側的聚矽氧橡膠組成物流到雙面帶側相反之側。又,同樣地,使剪切黏度為250Pa・s且以與雙面帶之第1端面及第2端面接觸的方式配置聚矽氧橡膠組成物後,結果即使捲繞丙烯酸樹脂膜,由於難以使之充分地流動,故硬化後,雖然僅是些微,但於捲繞開始端部產生了其他階差。In Example 3, although a silicone rubber composition with a shear viscosity of 40 Pa·s during coating is used, for example, the shear viscosity during coating is 7 Pa·s, and the double-sided tape is combined with silicone rubber. After the separation distance between the components was 11 mm, the silicone rubber composition located on the first end surface side of the double-sided tape flowed to the opposite side of the double-sided tape side. Also, similarly, after setting the shear viscosity to 250 Pa·s and placing the silicone rubber composition in contact with the first end surface and the second end surface of the double-sided tape, even if the acrylic resin film is wound, it is difficult to use It flows sufficiently, so after hardening, although it is only slightly, there are other steps at the end of the winding start.
本案享有日本在先申請之特願2019-127551(申請日:2019年7月9日)及特願2020-7594(申請日:2020年1月21日)的優先權,其揭示內容整體藉由引用而作為本說明書之一部分。This case enjoys the priority of Special Application 2019-127551 (application date: July 9, 2019) and Special Application 2020-7594 (application date: January 21, 2020) of Japan’s earlier application. Quoted as part of this specification.
10、20、30、40、50、60、70、80、90、100、110、120、130、140、150:輥體 11:捲芯 11A:外周面 11B:孔 12:片 12A:捲繞開始端部 12A1:前端面 12A2:上表面 12B:捲繞結束端部 12C:片的背面 12D:第1區域 12E:第2區域 12F:第3區域 12G:端部 12G1:第1端 12G2:第2端 12H:凸部 12I:表面 13:第1間隙 14:第1填充部 14A:第1填充部之前端部 14B:第1填充部之表面 15、52:第2間隙 16、53:第2填充部 17、51:固定構件 17A、51A:第1端面 17B、51B:第2端面 21、54:第3間隙 22、55:第3填充部 71:第1居間部 71A:端部 71B:第1部分 71C:第2部分 72:第2居間部 72A:第1前端 72B:第2前端 72C:表面 73:中間輥體 73A:外周面 81:第3居間部 201~207:塗布材料 210、241:模具 210A:狹縫 220、230:積層體 221:基材 221A:對位線 222、242:填充帶 231:第1基材 232:厚度調節構件 233:第2基材 234、252:填充帶 241A:開口 251:中間轉印體 A1:樣品之中心 A2、A3、A4、A5:距中心A1等距離之點 B1:第1位置 B2:第2位置 C1:第1位置與第1端之中點 C2:第1位置與第2位置之中點 C3:第2位置與第2端之中點 D1:縱軸方向上之從虛擬線至位置位移曲線的平均距離 D2:捲芯之外周面至捲繞開始端部之上表面的距離 DR1:捲芯之寬度方向 DR2:片之長邊方向 DR3:捲芯之徑向 d:測定點間之寬度 E2:位移量0mm線與位置位移曲線之交點 E3:虛擬線與位移量0mm線之交點 IL1、IL2、IL3、IL4:虛擬線 L1、L2、L3、L4:長度 MP:測定點 P1、P3:分離位置 P2、P4:到達位置 R1、R2、R3:區域 SA:樣品 S1、S2:面積 S3:剖面積 T1、T4:邊緣厚度 T2:厚度 T3:第4居間部之厚度 T5:第2部分之厚度 T6:第2居間部之最大厚度 t:厚度 W1:捲芯之寬度 W2:片之寬度 W3:固定構件之寬度10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, 100, 110, 120, 130, 140, 150: roll body 11: Roll core 11A: Outer peripheral surface 11B: Hole 12: piece 12A: End of winding start 12A1: Front face 12A2: Upper surface 12B: End of winding 12C: The back of the piece 12D: Zone 1 12E: Zone 2 12F: Zone 3 12G: End 12G1: end 1 12G2: end 2 12H: Convex 12I: Surface 13: The first gap 14: The first filling part 14A: The front end of the first filling part 14B: Surface of the first filling part 15, 52: the second gap 16, 53: 2nd filling part 17, 51: fixed components 17A, 51A: 1st end face 17B, 51B: 2nd end face 21, 54: 3rd gap 22, 55: The third filling part 71: The first intermediate part 71A: End 71B: Part 1 71C: Part 2 72: The second middle part 72A: 1st front end 72B: 2nd front end 72C: Surface 73: Intermediate roller body 73A: Outer peripheral surface 81: The third intermediate part 201~207: Coating material 210, 241: Mould 210A: slit 220, 230: layered body 221: Substrate 221A: Counterpoint 222, 242: Filling tape 231: The first substrate 232: thickness adjustment member 233: The second base material 234, 252: Filling tape 241A: Opening 251: Intermediate transfer body A1: The center of the sample A2, A3, A4, A5: points equidistant from the center A1 B1: 1st position B2: 2nd position C1: Midpoint between the 1st position and the 1st end C2: Midpoint between the 1st position and the 2nd position C3: Midpoint between the 2nd position and the 2nd end D1: The average distance from the virtual line to the position displacement curve in the direction of the vertical axis D2: The distance from the outer peripheral surface of the winding core to the upper surface of the winding start end DR1: The width direction of the core DR2: The direction of the long side of the film DR3: Radial of the core d: Width between measuring points E2: Intersection point of displacement 0mm line and position displacement curve E3: Intersection point of virtual line and displacement 0mm line IL1, IL2, IL3, IL4: virtual lines L1, L2, L3, L4: length MP: measuring point P1, P3: separation position P2, P4: Arrival position R1, R2, R3: area SA: sample S1, S2: area S3: cross-sectional area T1, T4: Edge thickness T2: thickness T3: Thickness of the fourth intermediate part T5: Thickness of Part 2 T6: The maximum thickness of the second intermediate part t: thickness W1: the width of the core W2: width of the film W3: The width of the fixed component
[圖1]第1實施形態之輥體的立體圖。 [圖2]用以將測定面內相位差之位置加以特定之樣品的平面圖。 [圖3]圖1之輥體的一部分經放大之圖。 [圖4]用以說明圖1之輥體各構成要素的尺寸之圖。 [圖5]圖1之輥體的第1填充部之前端部附近經放大之圖。 [圖6]顯示圖1之輥體中的區域R1與區域R2之圖。 [圖7]第1實施形態之其他輥體的一部分經放大之圖。 [圖8]第1實施形態之其他輥體的一部分經放大之圖。 [圖9]用以特定雷射位移計之測定位置的輥體平面圖。 [圖10]基於雷射位移計之測定所製作的位移量相對於位置之圖像圖。 [圖11]為了求出面積S1、S2,而將圖10之圖像圖的一部分放大之圖。 [圖12]第1實施形態之其他輥體的一部分經放大之圖。 [圖13]第1實施形態之其他輥體的一部分經放大之圖。 [圖14]第1實施形態之其他輥體的一部分經放大之圖。 [圖15]第1實施形態之其他輥體的一部分經放大之圖。 [圖16]第1實施形態之其他輥體的一部分經放大之圖。 [圖17(A)及圖17(B)]示意性地表示第1實施形態之輥體製造步驟之圖。 [圖18(A)及圖18(B)]示意性地表示第1實施形態之輥體製造步驟之圖。 [圖19(A)~圖19(C)]示意性地表示第1實施形態之其他輥體製造步驟之圖。 [圖20(A)及圖20(B)]示意性地表示第1實施形態之輥體其他製造步驟之圖。 [圖21(A)及圖21(B)]示意性地表示第1實施形態之輥體其他製造步驟之圖。 [圖22(A)~圖22(D)]示意性地表示第1實施形態之輥體其他製造步驟之圖。 [圖23(A)~圖23(C)]示意性地表示第1實施形態之輥體其他製造步驟之圖。 [圖24(A)及圖24(B)]示意性地表示第1實施形態之輥體其他製造步驟之圖。 [圖25]第2實施形態之輥體的立體圖。 [圖26]圖25之輥體的一部分經放大之圖。 [圖27]用以說明圖25之輥體各構成要素的尺寸之圖。 [圖28]測定圖25所示之第2居間部的最大厚度及長度時之圖。 [圖29]表示剖面積S3之圖。 [圖30]第2實施形態之其他輥體的一部分經放大之圖。 [圖31]第2實施形態之其他輥體的一部分經放大之圖。 [圖32]第2實施形態之其他輥體的一部分經放大之圖。 [圖33]第2實施形態之其他輥體的一部分經放大之圖。 [圖34]第2實施形態之其他輥體的一部分經放大之圖。 [圖35]第2實施形態之其他輥體的一部分經放大之圖。 [圖36]第2實施形態之其他輥體的一部分經放大之圖。 [圖37]第2實施形態之其他輥體的一部分經放大之圖。 [圖38(A)~圖38(C)]示意性地表示第2實施形態之輥體製造步驟之圖。 [圖39(A)及圖39(B)]示意性地表示第2實施形態之輥體製造步驟之圖。 [圖40]圖40(A)為表示實施例7之輥體其相對於第1填充部周邊之位置的位移量之圖表,圖40(B)為表示實施例8之輥體其相對於第1填充部周邊之位置的位移量之圖表,圖40(C)則為表示實施例9之輥體其相對於第1填充部周邊之位置的位移量之圖表。[Fig. 1] A perspective view of the roller body of the first embodiment. [Figure 2] A plan view of a sample for specifying the position of the phase difference in the measurement plane. [Fig. 3] An enlarged view of a part of the roller body of Fig. 1. [Fig. [Fig. 4] A diagram for explaining the dimensions of each component of the roller body in Fig. 1. [Fig. 5] An enlarged view of the vicinity of the front end of the first filling portion of the roller body of Fig. 1. [Fig. [Fig. 6] A diagram showing the area R1 and the area R2 in the roller body of Fig. 1. [Fig. 7] An enlarged view of a part of another roller body of the first embodiment. [Fig. 8] An enlarged view of a part of another roller body of the first embodiment. [Figure 9] A plan view of the roller body used to specify the measurement position of the laser displacement meter. [Figure 10] An image diagram of displacement versus position created based on the measurement of a laser displacement meter. [Fig. 11] In order to obtain the areas S1 and S2, a part of the image diagram of Fig. 10 is enlarged. [Fig. 12] An enlarged view of a part of another roller body of the first embodiment. [Fig. 13] An enlarged view of a part of another roller body of the first embodiment. [Fig. 14] An enlarged view of a part of another roller body of the first embodiment. [Fig. 15] An enlarged view of a part of another roller body of the first embodiment. [Fig. 16] An enlarged view of a part of another roller body of the first embodiment. [Fig. 17(A) and Fig. 17(B)] A diagram schematically showing the manufacturing process of the roll body of the first embodiment. [Fig. 18(A) and Fig. 18(B)] A diagram schematically showing the manufacturing process of the roll body of the first embodiment. [FIG. 19(A)-FIG. 19(C)] The figure which shows typically the manufacturing process of the other roll body of 1st Embodiment. [Fig. 20(A) and Fig. 20(B)] A diagram schematically showing other manufacturing steps of the roll body of the first embodiment. [Fig. 21(A) and Fig. 21(B)] A diagram schematically showing other manufacturing steps of the roll body of the first embodiment. [Fig. 22(A) to Fig. 22(D)] A diagram schematically showing other manufacturing steps of the roll body of the first embodiment. [Fig. 23(A) to Fig. 23(C)] A diagram schematically showing other manufacturing steps of the roll body of the first embodiment. [Fig. 24(A) and Fig. 24(B)] A diagram schematically showing other manufacturing steps of the roll body of the first embodiment. [Fig. 25] A perspective view of the roller body of the second embodiment. [Fig. 26] An enlarged view of a part of the roller body of Fig. 25. [Fig. [Fig. 27] A diagram for explaining the dimensions of each component of the roller body in Fig. 25. [Fig. [Fig. 28] A graph when the maximum thickness and length of the second intermediate portion shown in Fig. 25 are measured. [Fig. 29] A diagram showing a cross-sectional area S3. [Fig. 30] An enlarged view of a part of another roller body of the second embodiment. [Fig. 31] An enlarged view of a part of another roller body of the second embodiment. [Fig. 32] An enlarged view of a part of another roller body of the second embodiment. [Fig. 33] An enlarged view of a part of another roller body of the second embodiment. [Fig. 34] An enlarged view of a part of another roller body of the second embodiment. [Fig. 35] An enlarged view of a part of another roller body of the second embodiment. [Fig. 36] An enlarged view of a part of another roller body of the second embodiment. [Fig. 37] An enlarged view of a part of another roller body of the second embodiment. [Fig. 38(A)-Fig. 38(C)] A diagram schematically showing the manufacturing process of the roll body of the second embodiment. [Fig. 39(A) and Fig. 39(B)] A diagram schematically showing the manufacturing process of the roll body of the second embodiment. [FIG. 40] FIG. 40(A) is a graph showing the displacement of the roller body of Example 7 with respect to the position around the first filling portion, and FIG. 40(B) is a graph showing the roller body of Example 8 relative to the first filling portion. 1 A graph showing the displacement of the position around the filling part. Fig. 40(C) is a graph showing the displacement of the roller body of Example 9 with respect to the position around the first filling part.
Claims (36)
Applications Claiming Priority (4)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
JPJP2019-127551 | 2019-07-09 | ||
JP2019127551 | 2019-07-09 | ||
JP2020007594 | 2020-01-21 | ||
JPJP2020-007594 | 2020-01-21 |
Publications (1)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
TW202108488A true TW202108488A (en) | 2021-03-01 |
Family
ID=74114519
Family Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
TW109123218A TW202108488A (en) | 2019-07-09 | 2020-07-09 | Manufacturing method for roll body, and roll body |
Country Status (5)
Country | Link |
---|---|
JP (1) | JP2021107286A (en) |
KR (1) | KR20220029738A (en) |
CN (1) | CN114223081A (en) |
TW (1) | TW202108488A (en) |
WO (1) | WO2021006314A1 (en) |
Family Cites Families (9)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
JP2005075521A (en) | 2003-08-29 | 2005-03-24 | Murazumi Kk | Core and roll-like material using the core |
JP5088567B2 (en) * | 2008-03-31 | 2012-12-05 | 東レフィルム加工株式会社 | Web winding core and web winding method |
JP5440312B2 (en) * | 2010-03-25 | 2014-03-12 | 日立マクセル株式会社 | Structure for reducing level difference in roll-shaped object and method for manufacturing roll-shaped object |
JP5623453B2 (en) | 2012-03-26 | 2014-11-12 | 富士フイルム株式会社 | Polymer film roll, optical film, and polymer film roll manufacturing method |
JP2014151985A (en) * | 2013-02-05 | 2014-08-25 | Dainippon Printing Co Ltd | Winding core and winding body |
JPWO2014178393A1 (en) * | 2013-05-02 | 2017-02-23 | 日本発條株式会社 | Film winding core |
JP2016155619A (en) * | 2015-02-23 | 2016-09-01 | プロマティック株式会社 | Roll material and method of manufacturing the same |
JP6472077B2 (en) * | 2015-03-23 | 2019-02-20 | グラフテック株式会社 | Roll paper width regulating rod and printing system having the same |
CN205177930U (en) * | 2015-12-17 | 2016-04-20 | 吉安力莱新能源科技有限公司 | Prevent short circuit battery |
-
2020
- 2020-07-09 JP JP2020118419A patent/JP2021107286A/en active Pending
- 2020-07-09 CN CN202080054223.XA patent/CN114223081A/en active Pending
- 2020-07-09 KR KR1020227003825A patent/KR20220029738A/en unknown
- 2020-07-09 WO PCT/JP2020/026863 patent/WO2021006314A1/en active Application Filing
- 2020-07-09 TW TW109123218A patent/TW202108488A/en unknown
Also Published As
Publication number | Publication date |
---|---|
WO2021006314A1 (en) | 2021-01-14 |
JP2021107286A (en) | 2021-07-29 |
CN114223081A (en) | 2022-03-22 |
KR20220029738A (en) | 2022-03-08 |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
KR101774621B1 (en) | Continuous roll of optical function film, method of manufacture of liquid crystal display element employing same, and optical function film laminating device | |
ES2285490T3 (en) | ADHESIVE AND REMOVABLE LININGS WITH PYRAMIDAL STRUCTURES. | |
WO2009087942A1 (en) | Polarizer | |
JP2001106991A (en) | Surface-protecting film and laminate composed thereof | |
JP6741477B2 (en) | Polarizing film, polarizing film with adhesive layer, and image display device | |
TW201202037A (en) | Surface protective film | |
JP5855465B2 (en) | Surface protective film, optical component on which it is adhered, and industrial product | |
TWI569048B (en) | Method for manufacturing optical members with adhesive | |
JP6243313B2 (en) | Anisotropic adhesive sheet | |
JP2011138032A (en) | Method of manufacturing polarizing plate | |
JP2009237489A (en) | Method of manufacturing polarizing plate with surface treated layer | |
KR20150008159A (en) | Low peel force surface protection film and method of using same | |
TW201137079A (en) | Adhesive sheet | |
JP2017013387A (en) | Release film for substrate-less double-sided adhesive sheet | |
KR20180112779A (en) | Adhesive sheet and method of use thereof | |
JP6872485B2 (en) | A web winding roll having a microsphere-treated edge and a method for producing the same. | |
CN110903773B (en) | Adhesive tape | |
JP2014028473A (en) | Release film | |
JP2017132995A (en) | Laminate | |
TW202108488A (en) | Manufacturing method for roll body, and roll body | |
CN116096663A (en) | Rolling body | |
JP7154002B2 (en) | POLARIZING FILM, POLARIZING FILM WITH ADHESIVE LAYER, AND IMAGE DISPLAY DEVICE | |
JP6130230B2 (en) | Release film | |
JP2015199265A (en) | Release film for substrate-less double-sided adhesive sheets | |
JP7258497B2 (en) | transparent adhesive film |